BIRLA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY- MESRA, RANCHI

NEW COURSE STRUCTURE - Effective from academic session

2021- 22
Based on CBCS system & OBE model
Recommended scheme of study
(For Mechanical Engineering)
Institute Vision

To become a Globally Recognized Academic Institution in consonance with the social, economic, and
ecological environment, striving continuously for excellence in education, research, and technological
service to the National needs.

Institute Mission

1. To educate students at Undergraduate, Postgraduate, Doctoral, and Post-Doctoral levels to perform

challenging engineering and managerial jobs in industry.
2. To provide excellent research and development facilities to take up Ph.D. programmes and research
projects.
3. To develop effective teaching learning skills and state of art research potential of the faculty.
4. To build national capabilities in technology, education, and research in emerging areas.
5. To provide excellent technological services to satisfy the requirements of the industry and overall academic
needs of society.

Department Vision

The Mechanical Engineering Department of Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi strives to be
globally recognized for quality engineering education and research leading to well qualified engineers,
academicians and researchers who are innovative, entrepreneurial, and successful in achieving
excellence in their field of study.

Department Mission
1. To impart quality education to the students and enhancing their knowledge and skills to be
globally competitive Mechanical Engineers.
2. To maintain state of the art research facilities to provide its students and faculty to create, interpret, apply,
and disseminate knowledge with an understanding of the limitations.
3. To develop linkages and interaction with industry, R & D organization, and educational institution
for excellence in consultancy practices, research, and teaching.
4. To provide conducive environment for learning, creativity, and problem-solving skill.
Graduate Attributes

1. Engineering Knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an

engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences.

3. Design/ Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and
safety, cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of information to provide
valid conclusions.

5. Modern Tool Usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering
and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of
the limitations.

6. The Engineer and Society: Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues, and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering
practice.

7. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal
and environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of
engineering practice.

9. Individual and Teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse
teams and in multi-disciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and
design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project Management and Finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering and
management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long Learning: Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent
and life- long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
 Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs)

1. To provide a quality undergraduate education for students entering the mechanical engineering profession of
seeking carriers in related fields.
2. To advance scientific knowledge through basic and applied research.
3. To disseminate technical information through scholarly publication, conferences, and continuing education.
4. To enable to acquire knowledge of relevant technologies and multidisciplinary fields including broad social,
ethical, and environmental issues within which the engineering is practiced.
5. To develop problem solving approach using analytical abilities, effective communication skills and
teamwork.
6. To create awareness and understanding related to social issues, apart from developing a sense of
commitment to the community and profession with sincere involvement.

(A) Programme Outcomes (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and
engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health
and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to
provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering
and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of
the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal,
health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in
societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering practice.

9. Individual and teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse
teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and
design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
 12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent
and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

(B) Programme Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

1. The student will be able to design mechanical systems in various fields and challenges such as machine
elements, thermal systems, manufacturing, and industrial and inter disciplinary fields like additive
manufacturing, soft computing to meet the demand of the day in industry as well as society.
2. The student will be capable to start their entrepreneurship, be employable and suitable for various fields like
design, manufacturing, production industries, academic and industries, research, and development
organizations in and outside the country.
3. The student will be able to pursue advanced degrees in engineering, business or other professional fields
through their knowledge and learnt skills through formal as well as informal self-study and motivation.

BLOOM’S TAXONOMY FOR CURRICULUM DESIGN AND ASSESSMENT:

Preamble

The design of curriculum and assessment is based on Bloom’s Taxonomy. A comprehensive guideline
for using Bloom’s Taxonomy is given below for reference.
 BIRLA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY- MESRA, RANCHI
NEW COURSE STRUCTURE - To be effective from academic session 2021- 22
Based on CBCS system & OBE model
Recommended scheme of study
(For Mechanical Engineering)

Total
Semester of Course Course Mode of delivery & credits Credit
Course Name
Study Level Code L-Lecture; T-Tutorial; P-Practical C-
Credit

L T P
(Periods/ (Periods/ (Periods/
THEORY C
week) week) week)

MA103 Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4

FS PH113 Physics 3 1 0 4

BE101 Biological Science for Engineers 2 0 0 2

EE101 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 0 4

GE
Programming for Problem
CS101 3 1 0 4
Solving

FIRST LABORATORIES
MT132 Communication Skills - I 0 0 3 1.5
HSS
FS PH114 Physics Lab 0 0 3 1.5

CS102 Programming for Problem 0 0 3 1.5

GE Solving Lab
PE101 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1.5

MC101/102/ Choice of : NCC/NSS/

MC 0 0 2 1
103/104 PT & Games/ Creative Arts (CA)

25

THEORY

MA107 Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4

FS CH101 Chemistry 3 1 0 4

CE101 Environmental Science 2 0 0 2

Basics of Mechanical
ME101 3 1 0 4
Engineering
SECOND GE
Basics of Electronics and
EC101 3 1 0 4
Communication Engineering
LABORATORIES

FS CH102 Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1.5

Electronics and Communication
EC102 0 0 3 1.5
Lab
GE
ME102 Engineering Graphics 0 0 4 2
 MC105/106/ Choice of: NCC/NSS/
MC 0 0 2 1
107/108 PT & Games/ Creative Arts (CA)

24
THEORY

FS MA203 Numerical Methods 2 0 0 2

ME201 Thermodynamics 3 0 0 3
Fluid Mechanics & Hyraulic
ME203 3 1 0 4
Machines
PC ME205 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4

PE213 Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3

THIRD Metallurgical and Materials 3 0 0 3
PE214 Engineering
LABORATORIES

FS MA204 Numerical Methods Lab. 0 0 2 1

MC201/202/ Choice of: NCC/NSS/
MC 0 0 2 1
203/204 PT & Games/ Creative Arts (CA)
Fluid Mechanics & Hyraulic
ME202 0 0 3 1.5
Machines Lab
PC
0 0 3 1.5
ME204 Mechanical Engineering Lab I
TOTAL 24
THEORY
Universal Human Values
HSS MT131 2(UHV2) : Understanding 3 0 0 3
Harmony
Kinematics & Dynamics of
ME207 3 0 0 3
Machines
PC ME209 Energy Conversion Systems 3 0 0 3

ME211 Machine Design 3 0 0 3

PE Program Elective -I 3 0 0 3
FOURTH
OE Open Elective-I/MOOC 3 0 0 3

LABORATORIES

GE EE102 Electrical Engineering. Lab 0 0 3 1.5

MC205/206 / Choice of : NCC/NSS/
MC 0 0 2 1
207/208 PT & Games/ Creative Arts (CA)
ME208 0 0 4 2
Dynamics of Machines Lab
PC

PE226 Manufacturing Processes Lab 0 0 3 1.5

TOTAL 24
THEORY
ME301 I C Engines & Gas Turbines 3 0 0 3
FIFTH PC ME303 Mechanical Vibration 3 0 0 3
ME315 Heat &Mass Transfer 3 0 0 3
PE Program Elective -II 3 0 0 3
 PE Program Elective -III 3 0 0 3

OE Open Elective-II/MOOC 3 0 0 3

LABORATORIES

HSS MT133 Communication Skills - II 0 0 3 1.5

ME302 Heat Transfer Lab 0 0 3 1.5

PC ME304 Internal Combustion Engines Lab 0 0 3 1.5

ME306 Mechanical Engineering Lab II 0 0 3 1.5

24
TOTAL
THEORY

ME311 Computer Aided Design 2 0 0 2

PC ME305 Automobile Engineering 3 0 0 3

ME307 Robotics Engineering 3 0 0 3

SIXTH
Program Elective -IV 3 0 0 3

PE Program Elective -V 3 0 0 3
OE Open Elective-III/MOOC 3 0 0 3
2
PROJ MC300 Summer Training

LABORATORIES

ME308 Robotics &Automation Lab 0 0 3 1.5

PC
ME310 Automobile Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5

TOTAL 22

THEORY

ME401 Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 3 0 0 3

PC
SEVENTH HSS MT204 Constitution of India 2 0 0 NC

PROJ ME400M Minor Project 3

PE Program Elective -VI 3 0 0 3

OE Open Elective-IV/MOOC 3 0 0 3

LABORATORIES
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
ME404 0 0 3 1.5
Lab
PC
Computer Aided Design &
ME406 0 0 3 1.5
Drafting Lab
TOTAL 15

Research Project / Industry

EIGTH PROJ ME400 10
Internship
168
 BIRLA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY- MESRA, RANCHI
NEW COURSE STRUCTURE - To be effective from academic session 2021- 22
Based on CBCS system & OBE model
PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
(For Mechanical Engineering )

Total
Course Mode of delivery & credits
Level Course Name Credit
Code L-Lecture; T-Tutorial; P-Practical
C- Credit

L T P
(Periods/ (Periods/ (Periods/
C
week) week) week)

ME 213 Thermo Fluid Engineering 3 0 0 3

ME 215 Composite Materials 3 0 0 3
2(PE-I) 4th
ME 217 Renewable Energy Resources 3 0 0 3
SEM
PE 220 Industrial Statistics 3 0 0 3
ME 219 Non-Destructive Testing 3 0 0 3
ME 357 Measurement & Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
ME 349 Turbomachinery 3 0 0 3
3(PE-II) 5th
PE 317 Advanced Welding Technology 3 0 0 3
SEM
ME 351 Finite Element Methods 3 0 0 3
ME 353 Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3
ME 355 Advanced Solid Mechanics 3 0 0 3
3(PE-III) 5th ME 377 Mechatronics 3 0 0 3
SEM PE 318 Rapid Prototyping and Tooling 3 0 0 3
ME 367 Industrial Tribology 3 0 0 3
ME 363 Vehicle Dynamics 3 0 0 3
ME 365 Design of Mechanisms 3 0 0 3
3(PE -IV) 6th Surface Engineering & Laser Additive
PE 324 3 0 0 3
SEM Manufacturing
ME 359 Power Plant Engineering 3 0 0 3
ME 369 Gas Dynamics 3 0 0 3
ME 373 Hydraulic & Pneumatic Control 3 0 0 3
3(PE -V) 6th ME 375 Power Gear Train 3 0 0 3
SEM PE 348 Engineering Optimization 3 0 0 3
ME 361 Combustion 3 0 0 3
ME 409 Industrial Management 3 0 0 3
ME 479 Advanced Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3
ME 481 Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3
4(PE-VI) 7th
SEM Non- Conventional Machining
PE 406 3 0 0 3
Processes
ME 483 NonLinear Dynamics and Chaos 3 0 0 3
PE 413 A I and Data Analytics 3 0 0 3
 BIRLA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY- MESRA, RANCHI
NEW COURSE STRUCTURE - To be effective from academic session 2021- 22
Based on CBCS system & OBE model
OPEN ELECTIVES
(For Other than Mechanical Engineering Branches)

Total
Course Mode of delivery & credits
Level Course Name Credit
Code L-Lecture; T-Tutorial; P-Practical
C- Credit

L T P
(Periods/ (Periods/ (Periods/
C
week) week) week)

ME 292 Smart & New Materials 3 0 0 3

2(OE-I) 4th
SEM
ME 293 Experimental Methods in Engineering 3 0 0 3
ME 392 Renewable Energy Sources 3 0 0 3
3(OE-II) 5th
SEM Elements of Hydel & Thermal Power
ME 393 3 0 0 3
Plants
Elements of Nuclear & Diesel Power
3(OE-III) 6th ME 391 3 0 0 3
Plants
SEM
ME 394 Elements of Modal Analysis 3 0 0 3
4(OE-IV) 7th ME 489 Mechatronics & its applications 3 0 0 3
SEM ME 497 Industrial Robotics & Automation 3 0 0 3
 1st SEMESTER
(COMMON COURSES)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: MA 103

Course title: Mathematics I
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Calculus, Basic Algebra
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3 T: 1P: 0 )
Class schedule per week: 4
Class: B Tech
Semester / Level: First
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to understand

1. Infinite sequences and series.

2. Theory of matrices including elementary transformations, rank and its application inconsistency
of system of linear equations, eigenvalues, eigenvectors etc.
3. Multivariable functions, their limits, continuity, partial differentiation, properties and
applications of partial derivatives.
4. Integrals of multivariable functions viz. double and triple integrals with their applications.
5. Properties like gradient, divergence, curl associated with derivatives of vector point
functions and integrals of vector point functions.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of this course, students will be able to

CO1 Decide the behaviour of sequences and series using appropriate tests.
CO2 Get an understanding of partial derivatives and their applications in finding maxima -
minima problems.
CO3 Apply the principles of integral to solve a variety of practical problems in engineering and
sciences.
CO4 Demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics.
CO5 Enhance and develop the ability of using the language of mathematics in engineering.
 (MA 103) Mathematics I
SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1: Sequences and Series
Sequences, Convergence of Sequence. Series, Convergence of Series, Tests for Convergence:
9
Comparison tests, Ratio test, Cauchy’s root test, Raabe’s test, Gauss test, Cauchy's Integral test,
Alternating series, Leibnitz test, Absolute and Conditional Convergence.
Module 2: Matrices
Rank of a Matrix, elementary transformations, Row - reduced Echelon form. Vectors, Linear
9
Independence and Dependence of Vectors. Consistency of system of linear equations. Eigenvalues,
Eigenvectors, Cayley - Hamilton theorem.
Module 3: Advance Differential Calculus
Function of several variables, Limit, Continuity, Partial derivatives, Euler’s theorem for
9
homogeneous functions, Total derivatives, Chain rules, Jacobians and its properties, Taylor series
for function of two variables, Maxima – Minima, Lagrange’s method of multipliers.
Module 4: Advance Integral Calculus
Beta and Gamma functions: definition and properties.
Double integrals, double integrals in polar coordinates, Change of order of integration, Triple 9
Integrals, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems, transformation of coordinates, Applications
of double and triple integrals in areas and volumes.
Module 5: Vector Calculus
Scalar and vector point functions, gradient, directional derivative, divergence, curl, vector
9
equations and identities. Line Integral, Work done, Conservative field, Green’s theorem in a plane,
Surface and volume integrals, Gauss – divergence theorem, Stoke ’s theorem.

Text Books:
1. M. D. Weir, J. Hass and F. R. Giordano: Thomas’ Calculus, 11th Edition, Pearson
Educations, 2008E.
2. H. Anton, I. Brivens and S. Davis, Calculus, 10th Edition, John Wiley and sons, Singapore Pte.
Ltd., 2013.
3. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th
Reprint, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. M. J. Strauss, G. L. Bradley And K. J. Smith, Calculus, 3rd Ed, Dorling.Kindersley (India)
Pvt. Ltd. (P Ed), Delhi, 2007.
2. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 3rd Edition, Pearson Ed. Asia, Indian
Reprint, 2007.
3. D. G. Zill and W.S. Wright, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 4th Edition, 2011.

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
Simulation
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Semester Examination 25
End Semester Examination 50
Quiz (s) 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √
Quiz (s) √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Program
Outcome Outcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2

If satisfying< 34%=1, 34-66% =2, > 66% = 3

 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PH 113
Course title: Physics
Pre-requisite(s): Intermediate Physics and Intermediate Mathematics
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L:3 T:1 P:0)
Class schedule per week: 4
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: First
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To explain principles of physical optics.

2 To construct Maxwell’s equations from basic principles and use it to solve
electromagnetic plane wave equations.
3 To distinguish between Newtonian Mechanics and special theory of relativity and develop
the relationship of length contraction, time dilation and Einstein energy mass relation and to
apply the concepts of special theory of relativity in various field
of physics and engineering.
4 To illustrate the phenomena of old quantum theory and derive Heisenberg
uncertainty principle and Schrödinger’s equations.
5 To understand basic lasing action, study various types of lasers and to have basic
idea of fiber optics.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able:

CO1 To interpret the intensity variation of light due to Polarization, interference and
diffraction.
CO2 To formulate and solve the engineering problems on electromagnetism.
CO3 To explain special theory of relativity and apply its concepts in various fields of
physics and engineering.
CO4 To explain fundamentals of quantum mechanics and apply it to problems on bound
states.
CO5 To analyze working principle of lasers and to summarize its applications.
 SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1: Physical Optics
Polarization, Malus’ Law, Brewster’s Law, Double Refraction, Interference in thin films (Parallel
9
films), Interference in wedge-shaped layers, Newton’s rings, Fraunhofer diffraction by single slit,
Double slit.
Module 2: Electromagnetic Theory
Curl, Gradient, Divergence, Gauss theorem, Stokes theorem, Gauss’s law, Applications, Concept
of electric potential, Relationship between E and V, Polarization of dielectrics, dielectric constant,
9
Boundary conditions for E & D, Gauss’s law in magnetostatics, Ampere’s circuital law, Boundary
conditions for B & H, Equation of continuity of charge, Displacement current, Maxwell’s
equations.
Module 3: Special Theory of Relativity
Introduction, Inertial frame of reference, Galilean transformations, Postulates, Lorentz
9
transformations and its conclusions, Length contraction, time dilation, velocity addition, Mass
change, Einstein's mass energy relation.
Module 4: Quantum Mechanics
Planck's theory of black-body radiation, Compton effect, Wave particle duality, De Broglie waves,
9
Davisson and Germer's experiment, Uncertainty principle, physical interpretation of wave function,
Schrodinger equation in one dimension, free particle, particle in an infinite square well
Module 5: Lasers
Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Einstein's A and B coefficients, Population-inversion, Light
9
amplification, Basic laser action, Ruby and He-Ne lasers, Properties and applications of laser
radiation, Elementary ideas of fiberoptics and application of fiber optic cables.

Text books:
T1: A. Ghatak, Optics, 4th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2009
T2: Mathew N.O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press, 2001
T3: Arthur Beiser, Concept of Modern Physics, 6th edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2009

Reference books:
R1: Fundamentals of Physics, Halliday, Walker and Resnick

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements) : NA

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus : NA

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design : NA

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors Y
Tutorials/Assignments Y
Seminars N
Mini projects/Projects N

Laboratory experiments/teaching aids N

Industrial/guest lectures N
Industrial visits/in-plant training N
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets Y
Simulation N
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Sem Examination Marks 25
End Sem Examination Marks 50
Quiz 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Sem Examination Marks √ √ √
End Sem Examination Marks √ √ √ √ √
Quiz I √ √
Quiz II √ √
 1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Graduate Attributes

Course Outcome Graduate Attributes

# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
3 3 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 3
4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
5 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1 CD1 and CD2
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1 and CD2
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1 and CD2
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1 and CD2
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1 and CD2
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials
CD8 and internets - -
CD9 Simulation - -
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: BE101
Course title: Biological Science for Engineers
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 2 (L:2 T:0 P:0)
Class schedule per week: 02
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: First
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students to:

1. Recognize and understand the basic cell biology, biomolecules, related metabolic pathways and
applicable bioenergetics.
2. Relate common biological phenomenon at molecular level.
3. Describe the chemical nature of enzymes and mechanism of action for their function in
biochemical reactions.
4. Correlate the molecular methods of biological signal generation and propagation in living
system.
5. Comprehend the steps involved in common application of biotechnology such as applicable for
creation of transgenics, stem cells, plant metabolites production, PCR, ELISA.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental biochemical principles, such as the

structure/function of biomolecules involved in living system.
CO2Interpret the biomechanism involved in signal generation and transmission.
CO3 Correlate the basic methods involved in common biotechnological application.
CO4 Apply and effectively communicate scientific reasoning and data involved in common
biotechnological applications.

SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1: Basic Cell Biology
Origin of life, Cell theory, Cell Structure and function, Biomolecules, Cell cycle and cell division, 5
Biological Organization.
Module 2: Bioenergetics and Metabolism
Gibbs free energy and thermodynamics, aerobic and anaerobic respiration, Glycolysis, Krebs cycle 6
and electron transport chain, Beta oxidation, Photosynthesis.
Module 3: Enzymes and its Application
Classification of enzymes, Structure and mechanism of enzyme action and uses of enzymes, factors 5
affecting enzyme activity, Immobilization of enzymes and their application.
Module 4: Biological Signal Generation and Propagation
Nerve cell structure and signal propagation. Mechanism of vision and hearing, cell signaling, 6
Circadian rhythm.
Module 5: Engineering Biological Systems and its Applications
Central dogma of molecular biology, Methods in genetic engineering and application, PCR, ELISA
6
and its application, stem cell and tissue engineering. Artificial Intelligence in Biology, Plant
factory.
Books Recommended
Recommended Text Book
1. Purves et al, (1998) Life: The Science of Biology, 4th Ed.
2. R. Dulbecco, The Design of Life.
3. Lehninger A, Principals of Biochemistry , 5th Ed

Reference Book

1. Stryer, L. (2002). Biochemistry. New York: W.H. Freeman.

2. K. Wilson & K.H. Goulding, (2006) A biologist’s guide to Principles and Techniques of Practical
Biochemistry.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Sem Examination Marks 25
End Sem Examination Marks 50
Assignment / Quiz (s) 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4

Mid Sem Examination Marks    
End Sem Examination Marks    
Quiz I   
Quiz II   

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
 Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Outcome Program Outcomes
# a b c d e f g h i j k l
1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
3 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2
If satisfying< 34%=1, 34-66% =2, > 66% = 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP CD1, CD2,
CD1 projectors CO1, 2, 3, 4 CD3, CD8
CD1, CD2,
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1, 2, 3, 4 CD3, CD8
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: EE 101
Course title: Basic Electrical Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Sciences
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3 T: 1 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 4
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: FIRST
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course envisions to impart to students to:

1. Classify different electrical circuit elements and apply suitable laws and theorems for
the analysis of electrical systems.
2. Represent series / parallel electric / magnetic circuits.
3. Employ three phase circuits for transfer of electrical power both under balanced and
unbalanced condition.
4. Interpret the system responses under different operating conditions such as resonance,
mutual coupling and star-delta conversion.
5. Assess the working of different A.C. electrical machines.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Solve electrical circuits using Kirchhoff’s laws and apply concepts of magnetic
circuits in electrical systems.
CO2 Analyze A.C. electrical circuits having dependent and independent sources for
computation of responses such as voltage, current, power.
CO3 Evaluate the advantages of 3 phase system in electrical industrial applications and
differentiate between balanced and unbalanced operation.
CO4 Assess the applicability of circuit theorems for practical applications.
CO5 Integrate the sources of energy for transferring power to the consumers (load).
 (EE 101) Basic Electrical Engineering
SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1:
Single-phase AC Circuits: Series Circuits: Common signals and their waveforms, RMS and
Average value, Form factor & Peak factor of sinusoidal waveform, Impedance of Series circuits.
Phasor diagram, Active Power, Power factor. Power triangle. 9
Parallel Circuits: Admittance method, Phasor diagram. Power, Power factor. Power triangle,
Series- parallel Circuit, Power factor improvement,
Series and Parallel Resonance: Resonance curve, Q–factor, Dynamic Impedance and Bandwidth.
Module 2:
Single-phase AC Circuits: Series Circuits: Common signals and their waveforms, RMS and
Average value, Form factor & Peak factor of sinusoidal waveform, Impedance of Series circuits.
Phasor diagram, Active Power, Power factor. Power triangle. 9
Parallel Circuits: Admittance method, Phasor diagram. Power, Power factor. Power triangle,
Series- parallel Circuit, Power factor improvement,
Series and Parallel Resonance: Resonance curve, Q–factor, Dynamic Impedance and Bandwidth.
Module 3:
Three-Phase Circuits: Line and Phase relation for Star and Delta connection, Power relations, 9
Analysis of balanced and unbalanced 3 phase circuits, Measurement of Power.
Module 4:
Circuit Theorems: Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s & Norton’s Theorem, Maximum Power
9
Transfer theorem for Independent and Dependent Sources for DC and AC circuits.
Coupled Circuits (Dot rule), Self and mutual inductances, Coefficient of coupling.
Module 5:
Working principles of AC Generators, motors and transformers, working principles of measuring 9
equipments such as digital voltmeter, ammeter, power factor meter and wattmeter.

Text books:
1. Hughes, Electrical Technology, Pearson, 10th Edition, 2011.
2. Fitzgerald and Higginbotham, Basic Electrical Engineering, McGraw Hill Inc, 1981.
3. D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, Basic Electrical Engineering, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2009.

Reference books:
1. W. H. Hayt, Jr J. E. Kemmerly and S. M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7th
EdnTMH, 2010.
2. Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Vincent Del Toro, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
1. Application of principles of magnetic circuits to electrical machines like transformers,generators
and motors.
2. Field applications of three phase equipment and circuits in power system.
3. Applications of circuit theorems in electrical and electronics engineering.

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

3, 4, 12

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Concepts of electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields
2. 3 - Ф power generation and transmission
3. Power factor improvement for three phase systems
4. Utility of reactive power for creation of electric and magnetic fields

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

2, 3, 4, 12

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
Simulation
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Semester Examination 25
End Semester Examination 50
Quiz (s) 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √
Quiz (s) √ √ √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Program
Outcome Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

3= High, 2=Medium, 1=Low

 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: CS 101

Course title: Programming for Problem Solving
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): Programming for Problem Solving Lab
Credits: 4 (L: 3 T: 1 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 4
Class: B.Tech
Semester / Level: First
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:
1. To learn computer language.
2. To learn coding for solving scientific and engineering problems.
3. To learn the problem-solving process through computer.
4. To know the limitations of system during program execution.
5. To know the practical application of various programming techniques.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able:
CO1 To formulate simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems.
CO2 To translate the computer algorithms to computer programs.
CO3 To test and execute the programs and correct syntax and logical errors.
CO4 To apply programming to solve simple numerical method problems,
differentiation of function and simple integration.
CO5 To decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete program using
divide and conquer approach.
 (CS 101) Programming for Problem Solving
SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module 1:
Introduction to Programming:
Introduction to components of a computer system (disks, memory, processor, where a program is
stored and executed, operating system, compilers etc.)
9
Problem Solving: Steps to solve logical and numerical problems.
Representation of Algorithm: Flowchart/Pseudo code with examples. From algorithms to
programs; source code, variables (with data types) variables and memory locations, Syntax and
Logical Errors in compilation, object and executable code.
Module 2:
Arithmetic expressions and precedence, Conditional Branching and Loops, Writing and evaluation 9
of conditionals, Iterations, Loops.
Module 3:
Array, Character array, strings. Case studies to discuss the various Problems related to Basic
9
science (Matrix addition, Matrix-matrix multiplication, Roots of an equation etc.), Sorting,
Searching.
Module 4:
Functions (including using built in libraries), Parameter passing in functions, call by value, call by
9
reference. Passing arrays to functions, Recursion (Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series, Ackerman
function etc.).
Module 5:
Structures, Defining structures and Array of Structures 9
Pointers: Defining pointers, Use of Pointers in self-referential structures, File Handling.

Text Books:

1. Jery R Hanly, Problem solving and Program design in C, 7th Edition, Pearson Education.
2. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. ReemaThareja, Introduction to C Programming, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2015.
4. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice.
5. Byron Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, Tata McGraw-Hill.
Mapping of Course Outcome with Program Outcomes

Course
Outcome Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 2
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PH 114
Course title: Physics Lab
Pre-requisite(s): Intermediate Physics (Theory and Lab)
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L:0 T:0 P:3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIRST
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:
List of Experiments

1. Error analysis in Physics Laboratory

2. To determine the frequency of AC mains with the help of sonometer
3. To determine the wavelength of sodium light by Newton’s rings Method
4. To determine the resistance per unit length of a Carey Foster’s bridge wire and thento find
the resistivity of the material of a given wire.
5. Measurement of mechanical equivalent of heat by electrical method
6. Determination of refractive index of the material of a prism using spectrometer andsodium
light
7. To determine the frequency of electrically maintained tuning fork by Melde’sexperiment
8. Measurement of voltage and frequency of a given signal using cathode rayoscilloscope
9. To determine the wavelength of prominent spectral lines of mercury light by a plane
transmission grating using normal incidence
10. To determine the electromotive force (emf) of an unknown cell using a stretchedwire
potentiometer
11. To study the frequency response and quality factor of series LCR circuit.
12. To find the specific rotation of sugar solution by using a polarimeter.
13. To determine the Hall voltage and calculate the Hall coefficient and carrierconcentration
of a semiconductor sample
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: CS 102
Course title: Programming for Problem Solving Lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): Programming for Problem Solving
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0 T: 0 P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: First
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:
1. To learn computer language.
2. To learn coding for solving scientific and engineering problems.
3. To learn the problem-solving process through computer.
4. To know the limitations of system during program execution.
5. To know the practical application of various programming techniques.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able:
CO1 To formulate simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems.

CO2 To translate the computer algorithms to computer programs.

CO3 To test and execute the programs and correct syntax and logical errors.

CO4 To apply programming to solve simple numerical method problems,

differentiation of function and simple integration.
CO5 To decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete program using
divide and conquer approach.
 Sample Program List

Module 1 & Module 2: Introduction and Control Flow

1. Write an interactive program that will read in a +ve integer value and determine the following
i) If the integer is a prime number
ii) If the integer is a Fibonacci number
2. WAP in C to compute sinx = x – x3/3! + x5/3! – x7/7! ….. to five place of accuracy. Test the
program for x = 1, x = 2, and x = 3. In each case display the number of terms used to obtain
the final answer.
3. WAP to generate every 3rd integer beginning with I = 2 and continue for all integers that are
less than 150. Calculate the sum of those integers that are evenly divisible by 5.
4. WAP to find whether a given year is a leap year or not. Modify it to generate a list of leap
years between two year limits given by user.
5. WAP to display the following pattern :
11
11 10 11
11 10 9 10 11
11 10 9 8 9 10 11
6. Using Ternary / Conditional operator find the greatest among 3 numbers.

7. WAP to convert a decimal number into an equivalent number of the input base. Testyour
program for base 2, 8 & 16.
8. WAP to read a number n, and print it out digit-by-digit, as a series of words. For e.g.123
would be printed as “one two three”.
9. WAP to check whether any input +ve integer is palindrome or not.
10. WAP to simulate a simple calculator (+ - / * %) that takes two operands and an
operator as input and displays the result.
11. WAP to find the GCD of two input +ve integer numbers. Using this find GCD of 9
numbers.
12. WAP to swap the values of two variables without using a third variable.

Module 3: Array
13. Read a line of mixed text, and then write it out with all lower case and uppercase letters
reversed, all digits replaced by 0s and all other characters (non-letters and non- digits)
replaced by ‘*’.
14. WAP to find the product of two matrices A and B. Display the source matrices and product
matrix C in matrix format.
15. WAP to find whether a given matrix is a triangular matrix or not.
16. WAP to find the transpose of a matrix. Display the source and the transposed matrixin
matrix format.
17. Implement Prob. No. – 14 to 16 using functions for reading, manipulating anddisplaying the
corresponding matrices in matrix form.
18. WAP to sort a list of strings alphabetically using a 2-dim. Character array.

19. WAP to display the row sum and the column – sum of an input 2- dim. Matrix.
Display the source matrix with row and column sum.
Module 4: Functions, Pointer & String
20. Write a recursive function to calculate S = 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + …… +2N. Implement the function
in a complete C program.
21. Write a function that accepts two arguments an array and its size n. It performs Bubble up
sort on the array elements. Using indirection operator ‘*’ implement this in a complete C
program. Display the source and the sorted array.
22. Using pointer, write a function that receives a character string and a character as argument.
Delete all occurrences of this character in the string. The function should return corrected
string with no holes.
23. Write a function for reading character string using pointer. Calculate the length of the string
(without using strlen ()). Finally print the string in reverse order, using pointer.
24. Implement prob. No. 14 using pointers representation of 2 – dim. array.
25. Implement prob. No. 15 using pointer representation of 2 dim. array.
26. Implement prob. No. 16 using pointer representation of 2 dim. array.
27. WAP to sort a list of strings into alphabetical order using array of pointers.

Module 5: Structure and File

28. Create records of 60 students, where each record has fields-name, roll, GPA and fees. Write a
function update () to reduce the fees of those students who have obtained GPA greater than
8.5 by 25% of the original fees. Write a complete program to exercise this function in the
main program and display all the records before and after updation.
29. Define a structure that describes a hotel. It should have members that include the name,
address, grade, average room charge and number of rooms. Write a function to perform the
following operations:
a) To print out hotels of a given grade in order of charges.
b) To print out hotels with room charges less than a given value.
30. WAP to concatenate the contents of two files into a third file.
31. WAP to copy the content of one file into another file. Names of both the files are to be
input as command line arguments

Mapping of Course Outcome with Program Outcomes

Course
Outcome
Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 1 1

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 2
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: PE 101

Course title: Workshop Practice
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L:0 T:0 P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B.Tech.
Semester / Level: First
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:

This course enables the students to:

1. Familiarize with the basic manufacturing processes.

2. Impart knowledge and skill to use tools, machines, equipment, and measuringinstruments.

3. Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades.

4. Educate students of safe handling of machines and tools.

5 Exercise individual as well as group activity with hands-on training in differentworkshop trades

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

CO1 Be conversant with the basic manufacturing processes.

CO2 Identify and apply suitable tools and instruments for machining, welding, fitting,
carpentry, foundry and forging.
CO3 Manufacture different components using various workshop trades.
CO4 Take safety and precautionary measures of self and machines during operations.
CO5 Develop skills to work as an individual or in a team during trade practices.
 LIST OF EXPERIMENT:
• MACHINE SHOP
EXPERIMENT – I: Center Lathe
Objective: To study lathe machine and to machine a given job on center lathe as per drawing.

• MACHINE SHOP
EXPERIMENT-II: Shaper Machine

Objective: To study Shaper machine and to machine a given job on shaper as per drawing.

• CARPENTRY SHOP

EXPERIMENT-I: Carpentry Tools and Instruments

Objective: To study the various tools, instruments and equipment used in carpentry practice.

• CARPENTRY SHOP

EXPERIMENT-II: Carpentry Practice

Objective: To perform the carpentry work by making a wooden job using different tools.

• FITTING SHOP

EXPERIMENT-I: Fitting Tools and Measuring Instruments

Objective: To study the various tools used in fitting shop and perform fitting operations (like marking,
chipping, hack-sawing, filing, drilling etc.)

• FITTING SHOP

EXPERIMENT-II: Fitting Assembly Practice

Objective: To make a job clamping plate as per given drawing by fitting operations and to check for its
assembly with a given component.

FORGING SHOP EXPERIMENT-I: Forging Tools

Objective: To study different tools and equipment used in hand forging practice.

• FORGING SHOP

EXPERIMENT-II: Forging Practice

Objective: To learn about hand forging practice by making a job (make a square bar from round blank and
bend it at a sharp corner of 90 degree as per drawing).

• FOUNDRY SHOP

EXPERIMENT-I: Green Sand Moulding

 Objective: To get acquainted with various tools and equipment used in making green sand mould (to
practice green sand mould making with single piece pattern).

• FOUNDRY SHOP

EXPERIMENT-II: Aluminium Casting

Objective: To get acquainted with melting and pouring of metal in a mould (given two- piece patterns of
handle) and to make aluminium casting.

• WELDING SHOP

EXPERIMENT-I: Manual Metal Arc Welding

Objective: To study arc welding processes including arc welding machines (AC & DC), electrodes and
equipment. To joint two pieces of given metal by arc welding process.

• WELDING SHOP
EXPERIMENT-II: Gas Welding
Objective: To study gas welding processes including types of flames produced, filler metals and fluxes etc.
To joint two pieces of given metal by gas welding process.

Books recommended:
Text books

• S K Hajra Choudhury, A K. Hajra, “Elements of Workshop Technology: Vol- I and Vol -II”, Media
Promotors Pvt Ltd. (T1)
• B S Raghuwanshi, "A course in Workshop Technology", Dhanpat Rai Publications. (T2)

Reference book

• P.N. Rao, “Manufacturing Technology Vol-1and Vol-II”, Tata McGraw Hill. (R1)
Kalpakjian, "Manufacturing Engineering and Technology", Pearson. (R2)

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:Course

Delivery Methods:

Course Delivery methods

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP √
projectors
CD2 Assignments/Seminars
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids √
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
CD7 Simulation √

Course Evaluation:

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Continuous Internal Assessment 60
Semester End Examination 40

Continuous Internal Assessment % Distribution

Day to day performance & Lab files 30
Quiz 1 10
Viva-Voce 20
End Semester Examination % Distribution
Examination: Experiment Performance 30
Quiz 2 10
Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5
Day to day performance & Lab files √ √ √ √ √
Quiz-1 √ √ √
Quiz -2 √ √ √
Viva-Voce √ √ √ √ √
Examination: Experiment Performance √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –

Student Feedback on Faculty

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Course Program Outcomes

Outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 1
CO5 2 2 2 1 1 3 1 1

If satisfying< 34%=1, 34-66% =2, > 66% = 3

 2nd SEMESTER

(COMMON COURSES)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: MA 107
Course title: Mathematics II
Pre-requisite(s): Mathematics - I
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3 T: 1 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3 Lectures, 1 Tutorial.
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Second
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives: This course enables the students to understand

1. Various methods to solve linear differential equations of second and higher order.
2. special functions viz. Legendre's and Bessel's and different properties associated withthem.

3. Diverse mathematical techniques for solving partial differential equations of first order and
higher order, along with their applications in wave and heat equations using Fourier series.
4. The theory of functions of a complex variable, complex differentiation and integration.
5 About random variables and elementary probability distribution.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of this course, students will be able to

CO1 Investigate the occurrence of differential equations in science and engineering and use
methods available for their solutions.
CO2 Gain an understanding on complex variable functions and using their properties in real
life problems.
CO3 Construct appropriate probability models in solving real world problems.
CO4 Demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics.
CO5 Enhance and develop the ability of using the language of mathematics in engineering.
 (MA 107) Mathematics- II
SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module 1: Ordinary Differential Equations – I
Linear differential equations, Wronskian, Linear independence and dependence of solutions, Linear
9
differential equations of second and higher order, Operator method, Legendre’s and Euler –
Cauchy’s form of linear differential equation, Method of variation of parameters.
Module 2: Ordinary Differential Equations – II
Ordinary and singular points of differential equation, Power and Frobenius series solutions.
9
Bessel’s differential equation, Bessel function of first kind and its properties. Legendre’s
differential equation, Legendre’s polynomial and its properties.
Module 3: Fourier series and Partial Differential Equations
Fourier series: Euler formulae for Fourier series, Dirichlet conditions, Half range Fourier series.
9
Partial Differential Equations: Linear partial differential equations, Lagrange’s method. Method of
separation of variables and its application in solving one dimensional wave and heat equations.
Module 4: Complex Variable-Differentiation & Integration
Function of a complex variable, Limit, Continuity, Differentiability, Analyticity, Analytic
functions, Cauchy – Riemann equations. Harmonic functions, Harmonic Conjugate. 9
Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s Integral formula, Taylor and Laurent series expansions. Singularities
and its types, Residues, Residue theorem.
Module 5: Applied Probability
Discrete and continuous random variables, cumulative distribution function, probability mass and
9
density functions, expectation, variance, moment generating function. Introduction to Binomial,
Poisson and Normal Distribution.
Text Books:
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. D. G. Zill and W.S. Wright, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 4th Edition, 2011.
3. J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 7th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2004.
4. R.K. Jain and S.R.K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd Edition, Narosa
Publishing, 2009.
5. R. A . Johnson, I. Miller and J. Freund: Probability and Statistics for Engineers, PHI.

6. S. C. Gupta and V.K . Kapoor.: Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan Chandand

Sons.
Reference Books:
2. W. E. Boyce and R. C. DiPrima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, 9th Edition ., Wiley India, 2009.
3. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.
4. E. A. Coddington, An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, Prentice HallIndia,
1995.
5. G. F. Simmons, Differential Equations with Applications and Historical Notes, TMH, 2nd
Edition, 2003.
6. P. L. Meyer: Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Oxford & IBH.

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
 Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
Simulation

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Semester Examination 25
End Semester Examination 50
Quiz (s) 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √
Quiz (s) √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Program Outcomes

Outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 2

If satisfying< 34%=1, 34-66% =2, > 66% = 3

 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: CH 101

Course title: Chemistry
Pre-requisite(s): Intermediate level chemistry
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3 T: 1 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 04
Class: B. Tech.
Semester /Level: 2
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1. To create concept of Chemical bonding & Coordination Chemistry.

2. To understand the basic 3D structure in organic chemistry including stereochemistry,
aromaticity and reaction mechanism.
3. To understand the reaction dynamics and to know different types of catalysis.
4. To understand the modern techniques related to spectroscopy and structural
characterization.
5. To develop knowledge on the physical state and electrochemistry of molecules.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Able to explain the bonding in a molecular structure.

CO2 Able to explain the 3D structure, aromaticity and stereochemistry of organic
molecules.
CO3 Able to explain the spectroscopic data for structural characterization of the molecules.
CO4 Able to predict the rate, molecularity and mechanism of a simple as well as catalytic
reaction.
CO5 Able to interpret the phases of solid and the electrochemical behavior of the
molecules.
 (CH 101) Chemistry
SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1: Chemical Bonding
Ionic bond: Radius ratio rule, Born-Landé equation, Born-Haber cycle. Metallic Bond: valence
bond and band theories, defects in solids, Werner's Theory, Bonding in Transition metal
9
complexes, Ligands, coordination complexes, Ligand Field, Crystal Field Theory, Octahedral,
Tetrahedral and square planar complexes, CFSE, Jahn Teller theorem, electronic spectra,
magnetism, and isomerization in coordination compounds.
Module 2: Organic Structure and Stereochemistry
Covalent bond: Lewis structure, Valence Bond theory, Molecular orbital theory, Molecular orbital
of diatomic and polyatomic system, hybridization, conjugated molecules, Huckel molecular orbital
theory of conjugated systems. Isomerism, Geometrical isomerism: cis–trans and syn-anti 9
isomerism; Optical isomerism & Chirality; Wedge, Fischer, Newmann and Sawhorse Projection
formulae and interconversions; E/Z, D/L, R/S nomenclature system; Conformational studies of
ethane, n-butane, Cyclohexane.
Module 3: Kinetics and Catalysis
Order & molecularity of reactions: chain, parallel, Competing, Side, Consecutive reactions;
Kinetics of Fast reactions, Characteristics of catalyst, types of catalysis, catalytic poison; Theories
of catalysis; Acid base catalysis: including kinetics, Enzyme catalysis, Mechanism and kinetics of 9
enzyme catalyzed reaction, Michaelis-Menten equation, Important catalysts in industrial processes;
Hydrogenation using Wilkinsons catalyst, Hydroformylation by using Cobalt-catalyst, Phase
transfer catalyst.
Module 4: Spectroscopic Techniques
Absorption and emission Spectroscopy, Lambert-Beers Law, Principles and applications of UV-
Visible, Factors influencing for UV-VIS spectrum; Rotational and Vibrational spectroscopy, 9
Principle of FT-IR, and NMR spectroscopy; Modern techniques in structural elucidation of
compounds by UV-VIS, IR, & NMR Spectroscopy.
Module 5: Phase and Chemical equilibrium
Phase Rule: Terms Involved, Phase diagram of one component (Water) & two component (Pb/Ag)
system & their applications. Law of chemical equilibrium, equilibrium constants and their
9
significance, Weak and strong electrolytes, Standard electrode potential and its application to
different kinds of half cells, EMF and its measurement and application, Batteries and Fuel Cells,
Chemical and Electrochemical corrosion, Factors affecting the rate of corrosion.

Text books:
1. Huheey, J. E., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 4th edition,
Pearson.
2. Morrison, R. N. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Seventh Edition, Pearson
3. Atkins, P. W. & Paula, J. Physical Chemistry, 10th Ed., Oxford University Press,2014.
Reference books:
1. Lee, J. D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry ELBS, 1991.
2. Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed., Elsevier (2009).
3. William Kemp, Organic Spectroscopy, 3rd Ed., 2008 Macmillan.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements) : NAPOs

met through Gaps in the Syllabus : NA

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design : NA

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Course Delivery methods
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP Y
projectors
Tutorials/Assignments Y
Seminars N
Mini projects/Projects N

Laboratory experiments/teaching aids Y

Industrial/guest lectures Y
Industrial visits/in-plant training N
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and Y
internets
Simulation N

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Sem Examination Marks 25
End Sem Examination Marks 50
Quiz 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Sem Examination Marks √ √ √
End Sem Examination Marks √ √ √ √ √
Quiz I √ √
Quiz II √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Graduate Attributes

Course Graduate Attributes

Outcome # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
3 3 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 3
4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
5 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD
CD1 projectors/OHP projectors CO1 CD1 and CD2
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1 and CD2
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1 and CD2
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4 CD1 and CD2
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1 and CD2
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
CD8 materials and internets - -
CD9 Simulation - -
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 101

Course title: Basics of Mechanical Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3, T: 1, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 04
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Second
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:

1. To introduce system of forces, and write equation of equilibrium.

2. To analyse motion of particle and rigid body subjected to force.

3. To grasp the importance of internal, external combustion engines and heat transfer.

4. To apprehend the fundamentals of friction and vibration.

5. To understand the different sources of energy.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Write and solve the equations of equilibrium for particles and structures memberssubjected
to forces.

CO2 Write and solve the equations of motion for particles and rigid bodies subjected toforces.

CO3 Discuss the basics of Boilers, IC Engines and heat transfer.

CO4 Aware of different types of vibrations and friction.

CO5 Outline the non-conventional energy resources.

 (ME 101) Basics of Mechanical Engineering

SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module 1: System of Forces and Structure Mechanics
Addition of Forces, Moment of a Force, Couple, Varignon’s theorem, Free Body Diagram,
Equilibrium in Two and Three Dimensions, Equivalent Forces and Moment. Types of Trusses,
Plane and Space Trusses. Analysis of Plane Trusses by: Method of Joints and Method of Sections, 9
Analysis of Frames with Hinged Joints. Hooke’s Law of elasticity, Stress and Strain, Relation
between elastic constants, Thermal Stresses, Properties of surfaces such as centroid and area
moment of inertia.
Module 2: Kinematics & Kinetics of rigid bodies
Types of rigid body motion– translation, rotation about fixed axis, equations defining the rotation
of a rigid body about a fixed axis, plane motion, absolute and relative velocity in plane motion, 9
instantaneous center of rotation. Equation of translational and rotational motion, Newton’s law
and D’Alembert’s principle –inertia force and inertia couple.
Module 3: Friction and Vibration
Interfacial Friction (a) Laws of dry friction, static & kinetic co-efficient of friction, Analysis of
static, kinetic and rolling friction.(b) Analysis of frictional forces in inclined planes, wedges, screw
9
jacks and belt drives.
Vibrations: Types of vibration, free un-damped longitudinal vibrations, free damped longitudinal
vibrations.
Module 4: Boilers and Internal Combustion Engine
Boiler Mountings and Accessories, Fire Tube and Water Tube Boilers, Cochran Boiler, Babcock
and Wilcox Boiler.
Basic components and terminology of IC engines, working of four stroke/two stroke - petrol/diesel 9
engine, classification and application of IC engines.
Heat transfer: various modes of heat transfer, one dimensional steady state conduction, Application
to composite walls and cylinder.
Module 5: Non-Conventional Energy and their resources
Renewable and Non-renewable Energy Resources, Advantages and Disadvantages of Renewable
9
Resources, Renewable Energy Forms and Conversion, Solar Energy, Wind Energy, Tidal Energy,
Ocean Thermal Energy; Geothermal Energy, Nuclear Energy, Hydro Energy.
Text Books

1. Engineering Mechanics, Irving H. Shames, P H I. ltd, 2011.

2. Engineering Mechanics, S. Timoshenko, D. H. Young, J. V. Rao, Sukumar Pati, McGrawHill
education, 2017.

3. Theory of vibrations with applications, Thomson and Dahleh, Pearson Education, 5thEdition,
2008.

4. Boiler operator, Wayne Smith, LSA Publishers, 2013.

5. Internal Combustion Engines, M. L. Sharma and R. P. Mathur, Dhanpat Rai Publications,2014.
6. Heat Transfer, J. P. Holman, Souvik Bhattacharya, Mcgraw Higher Ed Publishers, 2011.
7. Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Processes, Aldo Vieira Da Rosa, Elsevier publication,2012.

Reference Books

1. Engineering Mechanics : statics, James L. Meriam, L. G. Kraige, Wiley, 7th Edition, 2011.
2. Engineering Mechanics, S. Rajasekaran & G. Sankarasubramaniam, Vikash publishinghouse,
2018.

3. Engineering Vibration, Daniel J. Inman, Pearson, 2013.

4. An Introduction to Steam Boilers, David Allan Low, Copper Press Publisher, 2012.
5. Internal Combustion Engines – V Ganesan, McGraw hill, 2017.
6. Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals and Applications, Yunus A. Cengel, Afshin J.Ghajar,
McGraw Hill Education Publisher, 2017.

7. Non Conventional Energy Resources, B. H. Khan, McGraw Hill Education Publisher,2017.

8. Principles of Mechanical Engineering, R. P. Sharma & Chilkesh Ranjan, Global Academic
Publishers, 2016.
Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors

Tutorials/Assignments

Seminars

Mini projects/Projects

Laboratory experiments/teaching aids

Industrial/guest lectures

Industrial visits/in-plant training

Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets

Simulation

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedureDirect

Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid Sem Examination Marks 25

End Sem Examination Marks 50

Quizzes (1 and 2) 10+10

Assignment 05

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Sem Examination Marks √ √ √

End Sem Examination Marks √ √ √ √ √

Quizzes √ √ √ √ √

Assignment √ √ √ √ √

If satisfying< 34%=1, 34-66% =2, > 66% = 3

Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Faculty

2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO4 3 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO5 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: EC 101
Course title: Basics of Electronics & Communication Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3 T: 1 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 04
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: Second
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:

This course enables the students:

1. To understand PN Junction, diodes and their applications.

2. To comprehend BJT, FET and their bias configurations.
3. To grasp importance of feedback in amplifier circuits, op amp and its applications.
4. To understand number system, Logic Gates and Boolean algebra.
5. To apprehend fundamentals of communication technology.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Explain PN Junction, diodes and their applications.

CO2 Appraise the BJT, FET and their biasing techniques.
CO3 Comprehend feedback in amplifier circuits, op amp and its applications.
CO4 Translate one number system into another, build circuits with Logic Gates,electronic
components and OPAMP IC 741 and analyze the measurement results
using CRO.
CO5 Appraise the fundamentals of communication technology.
 (EC 101) Basics of Electronics & Communication Engineering

SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1:
Diodes and Applications: Introduction to PN junction diodes; Characteristics of semiconductor
diodes: V-I characteristics, diode-resistance, temperature-dependence, diode-capacitance; DC & 9
AC load lines; Breakdown Mechanisms; Zener Diode – Operation and Applications; Diode as a
Rectifier: Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifiers with and without C-Filters.
Module 2:
Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT): PNP and NPN Transistors, Basic Transistor Action, Input and
Output Characteristics of CB, CE and CC Configurations, dc and ac load line analysis, operating
point, Transistor biasing: Fixed bias, emitter bias/self-bias, Low-frequency response of CE 9
amplifier.
Field Effect Transistors: JFET, Idea of Channel Formation, Pinch-Off and saturation Voltage,
Current-Voltage Output Characteristics; MOSFET: Basic structure, operation and characteristics.
Module 3:
Sinusoidal Oscillators: Concept of positive and negative feedback, Barkhausen criterion for
sustained oscillations, Determination of Frequency and Condition of oscillation, Hartley and
Colpitt’s oscillator.
9
Operational Amplifiers: Characteristics of an Ideal and Practical Operational Amplifier (IC 741),
Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, Offset error voltages and currents; Power supply rejection
ratio, Slew Rate and concept of Virtual Ground, Summing and Difference Amplifiers,
Differentiator and Integrator, RC phase shift oscillator.
Module 4:
Logic Gates and Boolean algebra: Introduction to Boolean Algebra and Boolean operators,
Symbolic representation, Boolean algebraic function and Truth table of different Digital logic 9
Gates (AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR); Realization of Basic logic gates
using universal gates, Adder, Subtractor, adder/subtractor.
Module 5:
Electronic communication: Introduction to electronic communication system, Electromagnetic
Communication spectrum band and applications, Elements of Electronic Communication
9
System; Merits and demerits of analog and digital communication, Modes of communication;
Signal radiation and propagation; Need for modulation; Introduction to Amplitude modulation
and Angle modulation.
Text Books:
1. Millman J., Halkias C.C., Parikh Chetan, Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital
Circuits and Systems, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Mano M.M., Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson Education, Inc, Thirteenth
Impression, 2011.
3. Singal T. L., Analog and Digital Communications, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
4. Haykin S., Moher M., Introduction to Analog & Digital Communications, 2nd Edition,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Book:
1. Boylstead R.L., Nashelsky L., Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 10th Edition
Pearson Education, Inc.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements): Teaching through paper

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: P10 will be met though report-
writing/presentation-based assignment

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: Teaching through paper

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: Teaching through paper

CD # Course Delivery methods

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
CD2 Quizzes
CD3 Assignments/Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD9 Simulation
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Mid SEM Examination Marks 25
End SEM Examination Marks 50
Quizzes 10+10
Assignment 5

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Sem Examination Marks √ √ √
End Sem Examination Marks √ √ √ √ √
Quiz I √ √ √
Quiz II √ √

If satisfying < 34% = 1, 34-66% = 2, > 66% = 3

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Outcome Program Outcomes
# PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO
6 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 3
CO2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 3
CO3 3 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 3 2
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 3 2
CO5 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 3
If satisfying < 34% = 1, 34-66% = 2, > 66% = 3
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
CD Course Delivery methods Course Outcome Course
Delivery
Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1, CO2, CO3, CD1
CO4
CD2 Quizzes CO1, CO2, CO3 CD2
CD3 Assignments/Seminars CO3 CD3
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: CH 102

Course title: Chemistry Lab
Pre-requisite(s): Intermediate level Chemistry
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0 T: 0 P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: Second
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

SYLLABUS
1. Gravimetric estimation of Nickel by Dimethylglyoxime.
2. Quantitative estimation of Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions by complexometric titration using Na2-EDTA.
3. To verify Bears Law using Fe3+ solution by spectrophotometer/colorimeter and to
determine the concentration of a given unknown Fe3+ solution.
4. Separation of binary organic mixture by acid-base extraction and analysis using givenFTIR
and NMR spectrum.
5. Preparation of Diazoamino Benzene and report the melting point and yield of product.
6. Draw melting point-mass percent composition diagram for two component mixture and
determine the Eutectic Temperature.
7. To study the kinetics of acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of ethyl acetate and to evaluate thevalue
of the rate constant.
8. To determine the rate law for the reaction between iodide and hydrogen peroxide in anacidic
environment and to determine the effect of a catalyst on the rate of reaction.
9. To determine the strength of the given strong acid by strong base Potentiometrically.
10. To determine the transition temperature of the given salt hydrate.
11. Qualitative detection of special elements in organic compounds.
12. To draw the pH-titration curve of strong acid vs strong base.

Reference book:
1. Experimental Physical Chemistry, By B. Viswanathan, P. S. Raghavan, Narosa
Publishing House (1997).
2. Vogels Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry
3. Experiments in General chemistry, C. N. R. Rao and U. C. Agarwal
4. Experimental Organic Chemistry Vol 1 and 2, P R Singh, D S gupta, K S Bajpai,Tata
McGraw Hill
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: EC 102
Course title: Electronics & Communication Lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0 T: 0 P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: Second
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students:
1. To demonstrate the measurement of voltage, frequency using CRO.
2. To explain PN junction characteristics and its applications.
3. To understand the frequency response of BJT amplifier and OPAMP.
4. To Realize logic gates and implement simple Boolean expression.
5. To explain the Amplitude Modulation and Frequency Modulation

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Make use of CRO for measuring different parameters.
CO2 Appraise PN junction characteristics and its applications.
CO3 Experiment with Diodes, BJT and OPAMP.
CO4 Design specified circuit using given electronic components/ICs/logic gates.
CO5 Demonstrate the working of Amplitude Modulation and Frequency Modulation

SYLLABUS
List of Compulsory experiments:
1. Measurement of voltage, time period and frequency of different signals on CRO.
2. Measurement of frequency and phase of two different signals using Lissajous pattern.

3. To determine the forward and reverse bias characteristics of PN junction diode.

4. To determine the reverse bias characteristics of Zener diode and application as a voltage
regulator.
5. Measurement of rectification efficiency and ripple factor of Half-wave and Full-wave rectifier
Circuits with and without C-Filter.
6. To determine the frequency response of CE transistor amplifier and finding its gain bandwidth
product.
7. To determine the transfer characteristics of JFET and measurement of its voltage gain.
8. Design of RC phase shift oscillator using IC-741 Op-Amp and finding its frequency of
oscillation.
9. Design of Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier using IC 741 OP-AMP and finding its
frequency response.
10. Realization of Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT) using NAND Gate (IC-7400).
11. Implementation of Boolean expression F = (A.B.C + D.E) using AND Gate(IC 7408) andOR
Gate (IC 7432).
12. Generation of Amplitude modulated wave and calculation of percentage of modulation using
standard setup.
13. Generation of FM-wave and its detection using standard setup.

Text Books:
1. Millman J., Halkias C.C., Parikh Chetan, Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital
Circuits and Systems, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Mano M.M., Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson Education, Inc, Thirteenth
Impression, 2011.
3. Singal T. L., Analog and Digital Communications, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
4. Haykin S., Moher M., Introduction to Analog & Digital Communications, 2nd Edition,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd..
Reference Book:
1. Boylstead R.L., Nashelsky L., Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 10th Edition
Pearson Education, Inc.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements): N/APOs

met through Gaps in the Syllabus: N/A

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

CD # Course Delivery methods

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments
CD3 Seminars/ Quiz (s)
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD9 Simulation
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive Evaluation (60)
Attendance Marks 12
Lab Viva marks 24
Lab file Marks 12
Day-to-day performance Marks 12
End SEM Evaluation (40)
Lab quiz Marks 20
Lab performance Marks 20

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Progressive Evaluation √ √ √ √ √
End SEM Evaluation √ √ √ √ √
If satisfying < 34% = 1, 34-66% = 2, > 66% = 3

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Outcome Program Outcomes
# PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 3 1
CO5 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 3
If satisfying < 34% = 1, 34-66% = 2, > 66% = 3
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
CD Course Delivery methods Course Outcome Course Delivery
Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD
projectors/OHP projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments/Quiz (s)
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CO1, CO2, CO3,
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO4 CD5
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
CD8 materials and internets
CO1, CO2, CO3,
CD9 Simulation CO4 CD9
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 102
Course title: Engineering Graphics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 2 (L: 0, T:0 , P:4)
Class schedule per week: 04
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Second
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1. To understand the basic principles of Engineering Graphics, which include projections of1D, 2D
and 3D objects.

2. To visualize a solid object (including sectioned) and convert it into drawing.

3. To visualize different views of any object.

4. To develop skill to draw objects using software.

5. To inculcate the imagination and mental visualization capabilities for interpreting the
geometrical details of common engineering objects.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Engineering Graphics and sketch the orthographic
projections of points, lines and planes.

CO2 Sketch the orthographic projections of solids and section of solids.

CO3 Sketch three dimensional isometric views and development of the surfaces.

CO4 Create and modify orthographic projections using AutoCAD software.

CO5 Create three dimensional solid models using AutoCAD software.

 (ME 102) Engineering Graphics
SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module 1:
Introduction to orthographic projections, Conventions, Fundamentals of First and Third Angle 9
projection, Orthographic projections of points, lines and planes.
Module 2:
Projections of simple solids - axis perpendicular to HP, VP and inclined to one or both planes,
9
Sectioning of solids, section plane perpendicular to one plane and parallel or inclined to other
plane.
Module 3:
Development of surfaces- Development of prisms, pyramids and cylindrical & conical surfaces,
9
Isometric projection and isometric views of different planes and simple solids, introduction to
perspective projection.
Module 4:
Working with AutoCAD Commands, Cartesian Workspace, Basic Drawing & Editing Commands,
Drawing: Lines, Rectangles, Circles, Arcs, Polylines, Polygons, Ellipses, Creating Fillets and
9
Chamfers, Creating Arrays of Objects, Working with Annotations, Adding Text to a Drawing,
Hatching, Adding Dimensions, Dimensioning Concepts, Adding Linear Dimensions, Adding
Radial & Angular Dimensions, Editing Dimensions.
Module 5:
Create views of engineering parts in AutoCAD, case studies with examples of Mechanical/ 9
Electrical/Civil engineering drawings.

Text Books

1. Engineering Drawing by N. D. Bhatt, Charotar Publishing House Pvt.Ltd., 53rd, Edition, 2014.

2. Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD by K. Venugopal, New Age International (P)
Limited, 4th Reprint: June, 2017.

Reference Books

1. Engineering Graphics with Autocad by J. D. Bethune, Prentice Hall, 2007.

 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60

End Semester Lab Examination Marks 40

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Progressive evaluation Marks √ √ √ √ √

End Semester Lab Examination √ √ √ √ √

Marks

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course Program Outcomes

Outcome 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
3rd SEMESTER
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: MA 203
Course title: Numerical Methods
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 2 (L: 2, T: P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 2
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module –I 5
Errors and Nonlinear Equations:
Error Analysis: Definition and sources of errors, propagation of errors, floating-point arithmetic,
Solution of Nonlinear equations: Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method, Secant method, Newton-
Raphson method and its variants, General Iterative method.
Module –II 5
System of Linear Equations;
Gauss-Elimination, Gauss-Jordan, LU-Decomposition, Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss- Siedel methods to
solve linear system of equations and Power method to find least and largest eigen values.
Module –III 5
Interpolation:
Lagrange’s interpolation, Newton’s divided differences interpolation formulas, inverse interpolation,
interpolating polynomial using finite differences.
Module –IV 5
Differentiation and Integration:
Differentiation using interpolation formulas, Integration using Newton-Cotes formulas: Trapezoidal
rule, Simpson’s rule.
Module –V 5
Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations:
Euler’s method, modified Euler’s method, Runge - Kutta Methods of second and fourth order to solve
initial value problems.

Text books:
1. Jain M.K, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age Publications, 2004.
2. S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI.
3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

Reference books:
1. S.C. Chapra and R. P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1985.
2. C.F. Gerald and P.O. Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, Seventh Edition,
2003.
3. R. W. Hamming: Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Second Edition, Dover .
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 201

Course title: Thermodynamics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T: 0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module -I 8
Introduction: Fundamental Concepts: Macroscopic versus microscopic point of view, definitions
of system and surrounding, concept of control volume, thermodynamic state, processes and
cycles, point function and path function, quasi-static process, concepts of simple compressible
substances, dimensions and units, thermodynamic equilibrium; Temperature and Zeroth law;
Concept of ideal gases and their equations of state; pure substance and phase, Thermodynamic
properties and use of tables of thermodynamic properties; Thermodynamic definition of work,
work done at the moving boundary of a system, other systems that involve work, Definition of
heat, comparison of Heat and Work.
Module –II 8
First Law of Thermodynamics: The first law referred to cyclic and non-cyclic processes, concept
of internal energy of a system, conservation of energy for simple compressible closed systems;
Definitions of enthalpy and specific heats; First law applied to a control volume, general energy
equation; steady flow energy equation on unit mass and time basis, application of SFEE for
devices such as boiler, turbine, heat exchangers, pumps, nozzles, etc.
Module – III 8
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of the first law, concept of a heat engine, heat
pump, refrigerator, statements of the second law, their equivalence, reversible heat engine,
Carnot theorems and corollaries, Concept of reversibility; Internal and external irreversibility,
Absolute thermodynamic temperature scale.
Module - IV 8
Clausius Inequality, entropy, change in entropy in various thermodynamic processes, entropy
balance for closed and open systems, Principle of increase-in-Entropy, entropy generation. Third
law of thermodynamics, absolute entropy, available and unavailable energy, irreversibility.
Exergy analysis of thermal power plant.
Module –V 8
Air Standard Cycles: Carnot, Stirling, Ericsson, Otto, Diesel, Dual cycles

Text books:
1. Nag, P.K, 1995, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Yonus A Cengel and Michale A Boles, 2002, Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach,
McGraw Hill.
Reference books:
1. Moran, M. J. and Shapiro, H. N., 1999, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, John
Wiley and Sons.
2. Jones, J. B. and Duggan, R. E., 1996, Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice-Hall of
India.
3. Sonntag, R. E, Borgnakke, C. and Van Wylen, G. J., 2003, 6th Edition, Fundamentals
ofThermodynamics, John Wiley and Sons.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 -
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets CO1-5 CD 8
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 203

Course title: Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL

Credits: 4 (L:3, T:1, P:0)

Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module -I 8
Fluid statics: Concept of continuum and physical properties of fluids, specific gravity, viscosity
surface Tension, vapor pressure. Total pressure and center of pressure, Measurement of
pressure- Piezometer, U-tube and differential tube manometers, mechanical gauges
Module –II 8
Fluid kinematics : Eulerian and Lagrangian description of fluid flow, Stream line, path line and
streak lines and stream tub. Classification of fluid flows-steady & unsteady, uniform, non-
uniform, laminar, turbulent, rotational, and irrotational flows, equation of continuity. Fluid
dynamics : Surface and body forces –Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a stream
line, momentum equation and its applications.
Module – III 8
Closed conduit flow: Reynold’s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation, Minor and major losses
in pipes- pipes in series and pipes in parallel- total energy line-hydraulic gradient line.
Measurement of flow, pitot-static tube, venturimeter, orifice meter. Concept of Boundary layer,
separation of boundary layer and its control.
Module – IV 8
Hydraulic Turbines: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving vanes, velocity
diagrams, work done and efficiency. Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines, impulse and
reaction turbines, working proportions, work done, efficiencies, draft tube theory and functions
and efficiency. Performance of hydraulic turbines, geometric similarity, unit and specific
quantities, governing of turbines, selection of type of turbine.

Module –V Centrifugal pumps : Classification, working, work done, manometric head, losses 8
and efficiencies, specific speed, pumps in series and parallel, performance characteristic curves,
NPSH, Model studies, Reciprocating pumps, working, discharge, slip, indicator diagrams.

Text books :
1. Hydraulics, fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machinery MODI and SETH.
2. Hydraulic Machines by Jagdishlal
3. Fluid Mechanics, Fundamentals and Applications (in SI Unit) by Yunus A. Cangel and John M.
Cimbala, McGraw Hill.
Reference books :
1. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by D.S. Kumar, Kotaria& Sons.
2. Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Application by J.B. Franzini and Finnemore, McGraw Hill.
3. Fluid Mechanics by V. L. Streeter.
Online Resources
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fa0zHI6nLUo
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XGnGBo-FrlA
http://engineeringvideolectures.com/video/15763

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 -
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 -
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 -
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets CO-1-5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 205
Course title: Strength of Materials
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 4 (L: 3, T:1, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 4
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module -I 9
Stress at a point on a plane, Stress transformation equation, Principal stresses, Mohr’s circle of
stresses, Strain transformation equation, principal strain, strain rosette.
Module –II 9
Types of Beam, Types of loading and support, Relationship between Shear force, Bending
Moment and intensity of loading, SFD, BMD, Point of Contraflexure, second moment of area,
parallel axes theorem, Bending stress and shear stress in beam.
Module – III 9
Deflection of Beam, Double integration method, Macaulay’s method, Moment area method,
Buckling of column.Strain energy method, Castigliano’s theorem, application of energy method
on different types of beam and thin circular ring.
Module - IV 9
Shear Centre: Theory of shear flow, shear flow diagrams and shear center for thin walled
symmetrical sections.
Bending of curved beams: Beams of small and large initial curvature, evaluation of
circumferential stresses.
Module –V 9
Thin and thick cylinders: Radial and circumferential stresses, stresses produced due to shrink fit.
Rotating Disc: Stresses in disc of uniform thickness and uniform strength.

Text books:

1. Strength of Materials by E J Hearn.

2. Strength of Materials by S.S.Rattan.

Reference Books:

1. Mechanics of Materials by S. Timoshenko and James M. Gere.

2. Strength of Materials by Ryder.
3. Advanced Mechanics of Material by Seely& Smith
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 -
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO5 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 -

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials
CD8 and internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE 213
Course title: Manufacturing Processes
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3 T:0 P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives:

This course enables the students to:

1 Examine the technical aspect related to basic manufacturing processes

2 Get acquainted with different methods of manufacturing used
3 Analyse different aspects of a manufacturing process along with their appropriate usage
and scope
4 Derive relationship and use empirical relations to study the effects of manufacturing
parameters on a process
5 Develop an understanding of existing and emerging manufacturing processes

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Explain the basic principles behind different Casting, Welding, Forming and machining
processes
CO2 Select appropriate manufacturing process for a given component design
CO3 Identify advantages and limitations of various casting, welding, machining and forming
techniques
CO4 Correctly explain and construct mathematical relationships existing amongst various
parameters in different manufacturing processes
CO5 Select appropriate welding process for a given joint
 SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module -I: Casting 8
Introduction to foundry process and its importance; sand casting: patterns, pattern allowances,
gating system components introduction and significance. Centrifugal casting , Hot chamber and
cold chamber die casting; Investment casting
Module –II: Theory of Metal Cutting 8
Geometry of single point cutting tool, Introduction to orthogonal cutting; Tool forces in
orthogonal cutting, types of chips, tool failure, tool life, cutting tool materials.
Module – III 8
Module 3: Machine Tools
Construction, operations and specifications of lathe and shaper. Construction, operations and
specifications of milling & drilling machine. Introduction to grinding and types of grinding
processes. .
Module - IV: Metal Deformation Processes 8
Metal forming processes: Introduction to recovery, recrystallization and grain growth; Hot
working and cold working Rolling: Classification of rolling processes, rolling mills, products of
rolling and main variables Forging: Open and closed die forging, forging operations Extrusion:
Classification of extrusion processes, hot and cold extrusion processes Sheet metal forming
operations: Blanking and piercing, deep drawing, bending.

Module –V: Welding 8

Principle, working and application of oxy- acetylene gas welding. Electric arc welding:
MMAW/SMAW,
SAW, GTAW and GMAW, Resistance welding. Soldering and Brazing

Text books:

1. SeropeKalpakjian and Steven Schmidt , Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials,

Pearson Education, 6th Edition
2. Mikell P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Material. Processes, and systems,
2nd Edition, Wiley India, 2007
3. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology – Metal Cutting and Machine Tools, McGraw Hill.
4. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology, Foundry, Forming and Welding, McGraw Hill
5. Hajra Choudhury, Elements of Workshop Technology–Vol.-II, Media Promoters and Publishers

Reference books:

1. E. P. DeGarmo, J. T. Black, and R. A. Kohser, Materials and processes in Manufacturing, PHI.

2. P. F. Ostwald, and Jairo Munoz, Manufacturing Processes and Systems, 9th ed., Wiley, India,
2002
3. Principles of metal casting, Rosenthal. P. C, Tata Mc Graw Hill
4. M. C. Shaw, Metal Cutting Principles, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1984
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

Non-Conventional Machining Processes, Analysis of Manufacturing Processes

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

PO1-5, PO12
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:
Advanced Manufacturing Processes

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

PO1-5, PO12

Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √

CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment-

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive Evaluation 50

End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation % Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25

Quizzes 10 + 10

Assignment 5

End Semester Examination % Distribution

End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √

Quiz1 √ √ √ √

Quiz 2 √ √ √ √ √

Assignment √ √ √ √ √

End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Faculty

2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) onto Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs):

COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 3 3

< 34% = 1, 34-66% = 2, > 66% = 3

Mapping Between Course Outcomes (COs) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO2 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO3 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO5 CD1, CD2, CD6

COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: PE 214
Course title: Metallurgical and Materials Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives:

This course enables the students to:

1 Examine the properties and structures of materials and get acquainted with
metallographic principles and material characterization techniques.
2 Understand the thermodynamics of solids and invariant transformations involved in phase
diagrams, comprehend the construction of iron carbon phase diagram and appreciate the
effects of alloying elements in steel
3 Analyze the kinetics of phase transformation of steel, understand heat treatment
operations associated with steels and introduced to concept of hardenability
4 Acknowledge important non-ferrous alloys, polymers and understand theirproperties,
microstructure, and applications
5 Introduced to various material testing methods related to its mechanical andfunctional
properties.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1. Analyze and select various engineering materials for various purposes anddescribe the
various material characterization techniques
CO2. Explain the thermodynamics of solids, elucidate iron carbon diagram andidentify the
effects of alloying elements on steel
CO3. Describe the kinetics involved with steel transformation and understand theapplication
of various heat treatment operations
CO4. Identify the different types of non-ferrous alloys and explain its properties
CO5. Apply and explain various methods of material testing procedures
 SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module I: Introduction to Material Science and Metallurgy 8

Definition, scope and classification of engineering solids; Properties of engineering solids and
their applications; Structure of solids – crystalline and non-crystalline; Basics of
crystallography – point/space lattice, unit cell, crystal system, crystal lattice, and crystal
structure; Structure of elemental and compound crystal structures with examples;
Crystallographic indexing of directions and planes, Influence of crystal structure on properties;
Defects in crystalline solids – definition, classification and examples of dimension-wise
crystal defects; Macroscopic symmetry elements; Influence of crystal defects on engineering
properties; Solid solutions; Synthesis of solids by different routes – from vapour, melt or
solids; Solidification of pure and alloyed systems; Evolution and concept of macrostructure –
mono and polycrystalline aggregates; Principles of metallography – sample selection,
preparation and examination; Optical or light microscopy; Interpretation of optical
microstructure; Standard techniques of material characterization – structural examination;
Standard techniques of material characterization – compositional analysis.

Module II: Phase Diagrams and Fe-C equilibrium Diagram 10

Thermodynamics of solids: component, phase, thermodynamic system - single and
multicomponent, specific heat, enthalpy, entropy, Free energy concept - Gibbs and Helmholz
energy; Condensed and uncondensed systems; Gibbs phase rule and degree of freedom –
examples and application; Phase equilibrium and phase transformations; Invariant and non-
invariant phase changes; Binary phase diagrams – miscible, immiscible and partially
miscible systems; Isomorphous system; Utility of phase diagram; Phase diagrams with
invariant transformations involving a liquid phase– peritectic, eutectic, syntactic, monotectic
and metatectic; Phase diagrams showing solid state phase invariant transformations;
Interpretation of microstructural evolution in binary systems using phase diagrams – effect
on properties; Iron-carbon and iron-cementite equilibrium diagram; Definition and
microstructure of steel and cast iron; Important phase transformations in steel; Classification
of plain carbon steel and cast iron, Properties and utility of steel and cast iron; Effect of
alloying elements on steel; Alloy steel – main classes and application; Important non-ferrous
alloys and applications – aluminium and copper based alloys; Distinction from steel and
ferrous alloys; Strengthening mechanisms of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys

Module III: Transformation curve and Heat Treatment Methods 10

Kinetics of phase transformation – mechanism of solute transport; Diffusion; Shear;
Isothermal decomposition of austenite in steel (TTT diagram); Non-isothermal
decomposition of austenite in steel (CCT diagram); Homogeneous and Heterogeneous
Nucleation Mechanism and Growth – Thermodynamics and kinetics; Heat treatments of steel
– annealing, normalizing, hardening and tempering; Special heat treatments of steel (TMT,
Austempering, Martempering, etc.); Concept of hardenability of steel, Jominy hardenability
test; Mechanism of hardening of steel; Cold working and hot working; Strain hardening;
Annealing of cold worked alloys - recovery, recrystallization and grain growth; Surface
hardening, case hardening and surface engineering of steel; Heat treatment furnaces – types,
uses and special features, Ovens, Heating elements, Temperature controllers and principles;
Quenching and quanchants – process, stages and equipment, Heat treatment defects – types,
causes, effects, precaution and remedies, Inspection and control

Module IV: Types of Alloys and applications 6

Types and application of plain and alloyed cast iron – grey, spheroidal graphitic, white and
malleable cast iron; Heat treatment and microstructure; Important non-ferrous alloys – Al,
Cu, Pb, Zn, Ti, Mg and Ni based alloys; Heat treatments, Important properties and
applications; Composition, microstructure, properties and classification of various grades of
stainless steel, maraging steel and superalloys, Heat treatments, Applications; Engineering
ceramics – classification, fabrication, structure and properties; Important ceramics –
refractory, glass, clay, cutting tools and functional ceramics; Engineering polymers:
synthesis, structure and classification; Engineering properties; Applications

Module V: Material Testing methods 6

Testing of mechanical properties I: Surface (hardness, friction) and bulk (under tension and
compression) mechanical properties, Definition and types of wear, Classification of
mechanical properties – definition and units; Testing of mechanical properties II: Fatigue,
impact, creep – definition, types and significance, Various combinations of important
mechanical properties and testing, Review of failures; Functional properties: Thermal
conductivity, Electrical conductivity, Emission – photo and thermoelectric, Magnetism,
Topography, Colour, Reflection, Surface energy, Wetting, Catalysis, Adhesion/cohesion;
Corrosion and oxidation properties and testing, Types, Conditions, Laws, Thermodynamics
and kinetics, Prevention; Case studies of engineering failures due to stress, wear, erosion,
fatigue cycles, thermal cycles, corrosion, oxidation, creep, etc.

Text Books:
1. V. Raghvan, Material Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall India (T1)
2. William D. Callister Jr., Materials Science and Engineering, Wiley Publication (T2)
3. Y. Lakhtin, Physical Metallurgy (T3)
4. J. F. Shackelford – Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering – (T4)
5. R. E. Reedhill – Physical Metallurgy
Principles (T5)

Reference Books
1. George Dieter, Physical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Education (R1)
2. B.D. Cullity, Elements of X Ray Diffraction, Pearson Education (R2)

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

Study of Advanced Materials, Nano Materials, Non-Destructive
Testing methods

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

PO 1-5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

Electrical, Optical, Thermal, Magnetic and Electrical properties of materials.
Composites, Degradation of Materials, Environmental and Societal
Considerations in Material Science. Powder Metallurgy, Plastic Technology.

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

PO 1-5, 11-12

Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √

CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment-
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation % Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 + 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination % Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
Quiz 1 √ √
Quiz 2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Faculty

2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) onto Program Outcomes (POs) and
ProgramSpecific Outcomes (PSOs):

COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 2 2 3 2 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes (Cos) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1, CD2, CD 6
CO2 CD1, CD2, CD 6
CO3 CD1, CD2, CD 6
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD 6
CO5 CD1, CD2, CD 6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: MA 204
Course title: Numerical Methods Lab.
Pre-quisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1 (L: 0, T:0, P:2)
Class schedule per week: 2
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

List of experiments:
1. ASSIGNMENT – 1
Objective: Find a simple root of f (x) = 0 using bisection method. Read the end points of the interval (a,
b) in which the root lies, maximum number of iterations n and error tolerance eps.
2. ASSIGNMENT – 2
Objective: Find a simple root of f (x) = 0 using Regula-Falsi method. Read the end points of the interval
(a,b) in which the root lies, maximum number of iterations n and error tolerance eps.
3. ASSIGNMENT – 3
Objective: Find a simple root of f (x) = 0 using Newton Raphson method. Read any initial approximation
x0, maximum number of iterations n and error tolerance eps.
4. ASSIGNMENT – 4
Objective: Solution of a system of n x n linear equations using Gauss elimination method with partial
pivoting. The program is for 10 x 10 system or higher order system.
5. ASSIGNMENT – 5
Objective: Matrix inversion and solution of n x n system of equations using Gauss-Jordan method. If the
system of equations is larger than 15 x 15 change the dimensions of the float statement.
6. ASSIGNMENT – 6
Objective: Program to solve a system of equation using Gauss-Seidel iteration method. Order of the
matrix is n, maximum number of iterations niter, error tolerance is eps and the initial approximation to the
solution vector is x0. If the system of equations is larger than 10 x 10 change the dimension in float.
7. ASSIGNMENT – 7
Objective: Program to find the largest Eigen value in magnitude and the corresponding Eigen vector of a
square matrix A of order n using power method.
8. ASSIGNMENT – 8
Objective: Program for Lagrange interpolation.
9. ASSIGNMENT – 9
Objective: Program for Newton divided difference interpolation
10. ASSIGNMENT – 10
Objective: Program for Newton's forward and backward interpolation
11. ASSIGNMENT – 11 Objective: Program for Gauss's central difference interpolation (both backward
and forward).
12. ASSIGNMENT – 12
Objective: Program to evaluate the integral of f(x) between the limits a tob using Trapezoidal rule of
integration based on n subintervals or n + 1 nodal points. The values of a, b and n are to be read. The
program is tested for f(x) = 1/ (1 + x).

13. ASSIGNMENT – 13
Objective: Program to evaluate the integral of f(x) between the limits a tob using Simpson's rule of
integration based on 2n subintervals or 2n + 1 nodal points and the integrand is written as a function
subprogram. The values of a, b and n are to be read. The program is tested for f(x) = 1/ (1 + x).

14. ASSIGNMENT – 14
Objective: Program to solve an IVP, dy/dx = f(x), y(x0) = y0 using Euler method. The initial value x0, y0,
the final value xf and the step size h are to be read. The program is tested for f(x,y) = -2xy2 .

15. ASSIGNMENT – 15
Objective: Program to solve an IVP, dy/dx = f(x), y(x0) = y0 using classical Runge-Kutta fourth order
method with step size h, h/2 and computes the estimate of the truncation error. Input parameters are:
initial point, initial value, number of intervals and the step length h. Solutions with h, h/2 and the estimate
of the truncation error are available as output. The right hand side The program is tested for f(x,y) = -2xy2
.

Text books:

1. Jain M.K, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age Publications, 2004.
2. S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI.
3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

Reference books:

1. S.C. Chapra and R. P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1985.
2. C.F. Gerald and P.O. Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, Seventh Edition,
2003.
3. R. W. Hamming: Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Second Edition, Dover.
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 202

Course title: Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L:0, T:0, P:3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To make student familiar with various fluid mechanics systems and machines
2 To make the student confident how to perform experiments related to fluid mechanics
systems and machines
3 To explain the standard measurement techniques of fluid mechanics and their applications.
4 To identify importance of various experimental errors
5 To study performance of various fluid mechanics systems and machines under different
operating conditions
6 To analyze the experimental data obtained from various fluid mechanics systems and
machines to conclude the results in meaningful way.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

1 Able to apply the knowledge to perform the experiments on various fluid(static and
dynamics) devices
2 Able to compare the experimental results of various fluid(static and dynamics) devices
with the with the theoretical results
3 Able to analyse the better procedure to perform the experiments on various fluid(static
and dynamics) devices for least sources of errors
4 Able to evaluate the performance curves of various hydro turbines and
Compare the results with the theoretical results.
5 Able to evaluate performance and to decide suitable fluid flow devices, pumps and
turbines for different working conditions.

List of experiments:

1. To determine the surface profile of liquid under free and forced vortex conditions.
2. To determine the centre of pressure of a plane surface under partial and submerged conditions.
3. To calibrate a Triangular notch.
4. To determine the coefficient of discharge through mouth pieces (convergent and divergent).
5. To determine the friction factor f for the turbulent flow through the commercial pipes of various
sizes.
 6. To study the effect of liquid jet impact on hemispherical and flat plate vanes.
7. To draw the characteristic curves of a Francis turbine.
8. To draw the characteristic curves of a Pelton turbine.
9. To draw the characteristic curves of a Modern Francis turbine (Mixed flow type).
10. To draw the characteristic curves of a multistage centrifugal pump.
11. To draw the characteristic curves of a reciprocating pump.
12. To draw the characteristic curves of a jet pump.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 1 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 -

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 204

Course title: Mechanical Engineering Lab –I
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0, T:0, P:3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Third
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To make student familiar with modern and conventional tools for material testing.
2 To present real world engineering examples of solid mechanics.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

1. Examine the hardness of materials (Hard steel and mild steel).

2. Evaluate the tensile and impact strength of materials.
3. Validate truss analysis for redundant truss and statically indeterminate trusses results
experimentally.
4. Analysis of rods.
5. Compare the properties of two different lifting machines (Self-locking system)

List of experiments:

Group 1

1. To determine Brinell hardness number of mild steel

2. To determine Rockwell hardness number (HRC Scale) of hard steel.

Group 2

3. To determine the tensile strength of mild steel

4. To determine the impact strength of hard steel using conventional method.
5. To determine impact strength of mild steel using computer aided system.

Group 3

6. To determine forces in members of statically determinant truss

7. To determine forces in members of statically indeterminant truss
 8. To determine the property of proving ring

Group 4

9. To determine shear force in a simply supported beam

10. To determine bending moment in simply supported beam
11. To determine the modulus of rigidity of a shaft using Torsion test.

Group 5

12. To determine the properties of Screw Jack

13. To determine the properties of Worm and Worm Wheel

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Semester Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 -
CO2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 -
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 -

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
4th SEMESTER
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: MT 131
Course title: Universal Human Value2: Understanding Harmony
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1 Development of a holistic perspective based on self- exploration about themselves (human being),
family, society and nature/existence.
2 Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family, society and
nature/existence
3 Strengthening of self-reflection.
4 Development of commitment and courage to act.

SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module I: Course Introduction - Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value 8
Education
I. Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-1.
2.Self-Exploration-what is it? Its content and process; 'Natural Acceptance' and Experiential
Validation- as the process for self-exploration.
3.Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations.
4.Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfillment
of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority.
5.Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current scenario
6.Method to fulfill the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various
levels.

Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate acceptance
for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as
arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking.
Module II: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself 8
1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient 'I' and the material 'Body'.
2.Understanding the needs of Self('I') and 'Body' - happiness and physical facility.
3.Understanding the Body as an instrument of' I' (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer).
4.Understanding the characteristics and activities of 'I' and ham1ony in 'I'.
5.Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of
Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail.
6.Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.

Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played 111 making material goods
available to me. Identifying from one's own life.

Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs
dealing with disease.
Module III: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human- 8
Human Relationship
1.Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values
in relationships) and program for its fulfillment to ensure mutual happiness; Respect as the
foundational values of relationship

2.Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence

3.Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the
other salient values in relationship
4. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family):
Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals
5.Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order
from family to world family.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended
family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a
universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from students' lives.
Module IV: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as 8
Coexistence.
1.Understanding the harmony in the Nature
2.interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four orders of nature- recyclability and
self-regulation in nature.
3.Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space.
4.Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
5.Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film
"Home" can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.
Module V: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional 8
Ethics
1.Natural acceptance of human values
2.Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
3.Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order
4.Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional competence for
augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people
friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c. Ability to identify and develop appropriate
technologies and management patterns for above production systems.
5.Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production systems
6.Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:
a)At the level of individual: as_ socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists
and managers
b)At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations
7.Sum up.
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions e.g.
to discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.

Text Book:

I. Human Values and Professional Ethics by RR Gaur, R Sangal, GP Bagaria, Excel Books, New Delhi,
2010.
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 207
Course title: Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1. To understand basic principles of kinematic chains, Degree of freedom.
2. To analyze velocity and acceleration of planar mechanisms, balancing in rotary and reciprocating
machinery, forces and moments acting in planar mechanism
3. To evaluate and design contact ratio, tooth profile and related parameters of gears.
4. To design cam profiles for specified motion of follower, Flywheel and governor.

5. To understand conservation of angular momentum and gyroscopic couple.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Demonstrate various principles related to kinematics of planar mechanisms
CO2 Design planar mechanisms for relevant applications
CO3 Evaluate dimensions and kinematic parameters related to gear systems
CO4 Design cam profiles
CO5 Evaluate gyroscopic couple and precessional velocity of a gyroscopic system.

SYLLABUS
ME-207 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Planar mechanisms and kinematic analysis: Mechanisms and machines, Kinematic
pairs, Kinematic chains, Kinematic inversions, Mobility and range of movement,
Velocity and acceleration analysis (graphical and analytical), Coriolis’ component of
acceleration, Instantaneous center of zero velocity, Aronhold-Kennedy theorem of three
centers.
Module –II 8
Force analysis of planar mechanism and principles of flywheel and Governor:
D’Alembert’s principle and dynamic equilibrium, Dynamic force analysis (analytical
method), Dynamically equivalent link, turning moment on crank shaft, Turning moment
diagram, fluctuation of energy and speed, flywheel, Principles of centrifugal governors:
Porter, Proell and Hartnell governor.
Module – III 8
Balancing: Balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses, two plane balancing,
Balancing of inline, V tween, and radial engines.
Module - IV 8
Gear and Cam: Basic terminology of a spur gear, Types of gears, Fundamental law of
gearing, contact ratio, Interference and undercutting, Gear trains, Basic terminology of
cam, Displacement diagram, Velocity and acceleration of follower, Graphical
determination of cam profiles.
Module –V 8
Gyroscope: Euler’s equation of motion, Euler’s modified equation of motion, Steady
state, Stability of spinning top, ship, two wheeled and four wheeled vehicles.

Textbooks:
1. A. Ghosh and A. K. Mallik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Affiliated East-West Press Privet Limited,
Third edition.
2. Thomas Bevan, The theory of Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributers Privet Limited, Third edition.
3. R. L. Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, McGraw Hill Education.

Reference Books:
1. John J. Uicker, Gordon R. Pennockand, Joseph E. Shigley Theory Of Machine And Mechanisms,
Oxford University Press; 4th edition.
2. J. L. Meriam and L. G. Kraige, Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, John Wiley and Sons Inc.
Seventh edition.
3. S. S. Rattan, Theory of Machines, Tata McGraw Hill education, Third Edition.

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

1. Detailed force analysis of gear and cam.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4 and PO5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Balancing of locomotives.
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4 and PO5

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery

Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars CO1-5 CD3
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids - -
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures - -
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets CO1-5 CD4
CD9 Simulation - -
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 209

Course title: Energy Conversion Systems
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1 Provide basic knowledge of steam power cycle and different methods to improve the efficiency of
the plant.
2 Develop comprehensive knowledge on boiler heat balance, steam turbine and condenser operation
principles and to prepare the students to effectively use energy conversion theory in the practice of
engineering.
3 Develop an intuitive understanding of energy conversion devices by emphasizing the scientific and
engineering arguments.
4 Present a wealth of real-world engineering examples to give students a feel for how energy
conversion principle is applied in engineering practice.
5 Classify, solve, and correlate Energy Conversion Systems problems.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Understand the basic working principle of vapor power system.
CO2 Understand the combustion and energy equations to study the performance of boiler.
CO3 Apply the energy equation to evaluate the performance of nozzle.
CO4 Analyze impulse and reaction turbo machines for energy transfer.
CO5 Evaluate the performance of condenser.
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Vapour Power Cycle: Components of steam power system; Carnot vapour cycle and
Rankine cycle; their comparisons; P-v, T-s & h-s diagrams; Deviation of actual vapour
power cycle from ideal cycle; mean temperature of heat addition; Reheat cycle; Ideal
regenerative cycle; feed water heaters
Module –II 8
Fuels and Combustions: Classification of fuels; basic chemistry and combustion
equations; conversion of volumetric to weight analysis and vise-versa; theoretical and
excess air; Boiler performance: Equivalent evaporation; Boiler efficiency; Heat
balance; Boiler Draught and its classification; Chimney height, maximum discharge
and efficiency.
Module – III 8
Steam Nozzles: Introduction; types of steam nozzles; nozzle efficiency; velocity of
steam flow through the nozzle; discharge and condition of maximum discharge
through a nozzle; physical significance of critical pressure ratio and choked flow;
Supersaturated flow through nozzle; General relationship between area, velocity and
pressure in nozzle flow.
Module - IV 8
Steam Turbines: Classifications; compounding of turbines; working principle,
velocity diagrams, diagram work and efficiency of impulse and reaction turbine;
degree of reaction, Parsons turbine, condition for maximum efficiency impulse and
reaction turbine; Losses in steam turbines, reheat factor and condition line; governing
of steam turbine; Back-pressure and pass-out Turbine.
Module –V 8
Steam condensers: Classification of condensers; sources of air leakage into the
condenser; effects of air leakage in condenser; vacuum efficiency; condenser
efficiency; cooling water calculations; Air ejector.

Textbooks:

1. Steam and Gas Turbines – R. Yadav, Central Publishing House

2. Elements of Heat Engine – Pandey & Saha
3. Thermal Engineering – R. K. Rajput
4. Power Plant Engineering – P.K. Nag; Tata McGraw-Hill publication
Reference Books:

1. Power Plant Technology- M.M.Ei. -Wakil, McGraw Hill

2. Theory and Practice of Heat Engine – D. A. Rangham; Camb. Univ. Press.
Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

1. Detailed analysis of combined power cycle.

2. Renewable energy conversion principles.
3. Major emissions and control.
4. Economics of energy conversion system.

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Design of different energy conversion systems like nuclear reactors, turbines, and renewable
energy devices.

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
First Quiz 10

Mid Semester Examination 25

Second Quiz 10

Assignment 5

End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment
1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery

Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids - -
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures - -
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets - -
CD9 Simulation - -
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 211
Course title: Machine Design
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course envisions imparting the students to:

1 To apply the concepts of stress analysis, theories of failure to select appropriate material and design
machine components.
2 To design the variety of mechanical components.
3 To apply mechanical engineering theories for static and dynamic loading in design of mechanical
components.
4 Judge, solve and correlate various parameters required for the performance of machine design at
industry level.
5 Classify, solve, and correlate machine design problems.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Demonstrate strong understanding on theories of failure materials due to static and dynamic
loads.
CO2 Analyze various types of mechanical joints, power drives, bearings, and springs.
CO3 Evaluate stresses acting in various mechanical components.
CO4 Apply the appropriate types of power drives for designing mechanical systems.
CO5 Reviewing the concepts and modify the existing mechanical component in machine.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module I 8
Failure of materials: Principles of Machine Design, standardization, Tolerances,
Design against static and fluctuating loads, Theories of failures, Design of cotter joint
and knuckle joint, Fatigue failure, Endurance limit, Notch Sensitivity, Gerber,
Soderberg, Goodman, and Modified Goodman criteria, Design against combined loads.
Module –II 8
Design of threaded, welded, and riveted joints: Threaded joints: Basic types of screw
fastening, Bolt of uniform strength, Terminology of screw threads, Bolt under tension,
Welded joints: Butt joints, Fillet joints, Strength of butt and fillet welds.
Riveted joints: Types of rivet heads, types of rivet joints, Strength equations, Efficiency
of joint, Caulking and fullering,
Eccentrically loaded bolted, riveted and welded joints
Module – III 8
Design of brakes and clutches:
Types of Brakes and Clutches, Clutch/Brake selection and specification, Clutch and
Brake materials, Disc Clutches, Shoe, Band and Disk Brakes.
Module - IV 8
Design of springs and bearing:
Spring configuration, Spring materials, Design of helical compression/extension
springs.
Bearings, Types of sliding contact bearings, bearing materials, lubricating oils, Petroff’s
equation, McKee’s Investigation, Hydrostatic bearing, Rolling contact bearings.
Module –V 8
Design of Gears: Types of gear, Terminology of gear, standard systems of gear tooth,
Force analysis of spur, helical, bevel, and worm gears, Beam and wear strength of gears,
Lewis and Buckingham’s equation, Effective load on spur gear tooth.

Textbooks
1. Mechanical Engineering Design by J.E. Shigley, C.R. Mischke & R.G. Budynas, McGraw Hill.
2. Machine elements in Mechanical Design by R.L. Mott, Prentice Hall.
3. Introduction to Machine Design by V. B. Bhandari

Reference Books:
1. Machine Design, An Integrated Approach by Robert L. Norton, Second Edition.
2. Machine Design Data Handbook by K. Lingaiah
3. Mechanical Design of Machine Components by Ansel C. Ugural.
4. Mechanical Design by P. Childs, Elsevier.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Design of pressure vessels

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: 2,3,4,7,11

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Optimization techniques and statistical approach in machine design

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: 2,3,5,7,9,11,12

 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 2

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery

Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD8, &
CD9
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD8, &
CD9
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD8, &
CD9
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD9 & CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and
Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: EE 102

Course title: Electrical Engineering Lab.
Pre-requisite: Physics, Fundamentals of Mathematics and Electrical Engineering
Co-requisite: NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0, T: 0, P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Overview: Concepts of measuring instruments, AC RLC series parallel circuit operation,
resonance, KVL and KCL, circuit theorems, 3-phase star and delta connections, measurement of low and
high resistance of D.C. machine, measurement of power by three voltmeter, three-ammeter methods,
measurement of power of 3-phase induction motor by two- wattmeter method.

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:

1 To describe students’ practical knowledge of active and passive elements and operating on
Measuring instruments
2 Todemonstrateelectricalcircuitfundamentalsandtheirequivalentcircuitmodelsforboth
1-φand3- φ circuits and use circuit theorems
3 To establish voltage & current relationships with the help of phasors and correlate them to
Experimental results
4 1. Toconcludeperformanceof1–ФACseriescircuitsby resonance phenomena
2. Toevaluatedifferentpowermeasurementforboth1-φand3-φcircuits

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Classifyactiveandpassiveelements,explainworkinganduseofelectricalcomponents,
Different types of measuring instruments;
CO2 IllustratefundamentalsofoperationofDCcircuits,1-φand3-
φcircuitsandcorrelatetheprinciplesofDC,AC1-φand3-
φcircuitstorotatingmachineslikeInductionmotorandD.Cmachine.;
CO3 Measure voltage, current, power, for DC and AC circuits and also represent them in
Phasor notations;
CO4 Analyse response of a circuit and calculate unknown circuit parameters;
CO5 Recommend and justify power factor improvement method to save electrical
energy.
List of Experiments:
1. Name: Measurement of low & high resistance of DC shunt motor
Aim:
(i) To measure low resistance of armature winding of DC shunt motor
(ii) To measure high resistance of shunt field winding of DC shunt motor

2. Name: AC series circuit

Aim:
(i) To obtain current & voltage distribution in AC RLC series circuit and to draw phasor diagram
(ii) To obtain power & power factor of single-phase load using 3- Voltmeter method and to draw
phasor diagram

3. Name: AC parallel circuit

Aim:
(i) To obtain current & voltage distribution in AC RLC parallel circuit and to draw phasor diagram
(ii) To obtain power & power factor of single-phase load using 3- Ammeter method and to draw
phasor diagram

4. Name: Resonance in AC RLC series circuit

Aim:
(i) To obtain the condition of resonance in AC RLC series circuit
(ii) To draw phasor diagram

5. Name: 3 phase Star connection

Aim:
(i) To establish the relation between line & phase quantity in 3 phase star connection
(ii) To draw the phasor diagram

6. Name: 3 phase Delta connection

Aim:
(i) To establish the relation between line & phase quantity in 3 phase delta connection
(ii) To draw phasor diagram

7. Name: 3 phase power measurement

Aim:
(i) To measure the power input to a 3-phase induction motor using 2 wattmeter method
(ii) To draw phasor diagram

8. Name: Self & mutual inductance

Aim:
To determine self & mutual inductance of coils

9. Name: Verification of Superposition, The venin’s and Reciprocity theorem

Aim:
(i) To verify Superposition theorem for a given circuit
(ii) To verify The venin’s theorem for a given circuit

10. Name: Verification of Norton’s, Tellegen’s and Maximum Power transfer theorem
Aim:
(i) To verify Norton’s theorem for a given circuit
(ii) To verify Maximum Power transfer theorem for a given circuit

Gaps in the syllabus(to meet Industry/Professional requirements)

1. Application of principles of magnetic circuits to electrical machines like transformers,
generators, and motors
2. Visualize Phase sequence

POsmetthroughGapsintheSyllabus:1,2,3,7.

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Assignment: Simulation of electrical circuits with dependent/independent sources by
varioustechniques(Meshcurrent/NodeVoltage/Thevenin’stheorem/Norton’stheorem/Max
imumpowertransfertheoremetc.)using MATLAB/PSIM/C++softwares
2. Active/reactive power calculation for 3–Фcircuits

POsmetthroughTopicsbeyondsyllabus/Advancedtopics/Design:5,6,7,8,9.

Mapping of with Course Outcomes

CourseOutcomes
Experiment
CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5
1 3 3 3 2
2 3 3 3 3 2
3 3 3 3 3 2
4 3 3 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 1
6 3 3 3 1
7 3 3 3 2 2
8 3 3 3 3
9 3 3 3 2
10 3 3 3 2
 Course Delivery Methods
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments
CD3 Mini projects/Projects
CD4 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD5 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
CD6 Simulation

Course Evaluation:
Daily individual assessment through viva: 20
Regular evaluation of fair and rough copy: 15+5=20
Progressive evaluation(60)
Regularity/Punctuality: 10
Assignment: 10
Practical examinations: 20
End sem Viva-voce : 20 End evaluation(40)
TOTAL: 100

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Course Objectives

Course Objectives
Course Outcome#
CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4
1 3 3 3 3
2 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3
4 3 3 3 3
5 2 3 3 3

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course-Outcome# Program Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 3 3 3 3 L 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 3
4 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 2 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Educational Objectives
Course Outcome Program Educational Objectives
# 1 2 3 4
1 3 3 2 2
2 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 2
4 3 3 3
5 3 3 2 2

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Outcome Course Delivery Method
CO1 CD1, CD2, CD4,CD5
CO2 CD1, CD4, CD5
CO3 CD1, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD6
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD4,CD5
CO5 CD4,CD5

Program Outcomes(PO)
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
Course Delivery(CD) methods 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Lecture by use of 2 1 1 2 3 1
CD1 boards/LCD projectors
Tutorials/ 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2
CD2 Assignments
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 3
CD5 experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant
CD7 training
Self-learning such as use 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2
of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets
3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 208

Course title: Dynamics of Machines Lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 2 (L: 0, T:0, P: 4)
Class schedule per week: 4
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives
This course enables the students to:
1 Understand the graphical representation of velocity and acceleration of different mechanism.
2 Familiarize the working principle and application of governor.
3 Acquire knowledge on dynamic balancing of reciprocating masses and wheel
4 Analyze the cam follower mechanism
5 Verify and determine gyroscopic couple

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Draw and analyze the velocity and acceleration diagram of different mechanism.
CO2 Analyze the characteristic curve of Hartnell governor.
CO3 Understand dynamic balancing of reciprocating masses.
CO4 Demonstrate the balancing of wheel.
CO5 Analyze the cam follower mechanism and gyroscope.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Experiment no. 1: Slider Crank Mechanism

Objective: Analyse velocity and acceleration of a Slider Crank Mechanism using graphical method and
computer programming.
Experiment no. 2: Whitworth Quick-Return Mechanism
Objective: Analyse velocity and acceleration of a Whitworth Quick-Return Mechanism using graphical
method.
Experiment no. 3: Coriolis component of acceleration
Objective: Determine the Coriolis component of acceleration of the slider in a Crank and Slotted-Lever
Mechanism.
Experiment no. 4: Instantaneous centers
Objective: Locate the instantaneous centres of a Whitworth Quick-Return and Crank and Slotted-Lever
Mechanism.
Experiment no. 5: Hartnell Governor
Objective: To determine the position of the sleeve against the controlling force and the speed of a Hartnell
Governor and plot the characteristics curve of theHartnell Governor.
Experiment no. 6: Balancing
Objective: Balancing of reciprocating masses (Demo experiment).
Experiment no. 7: Wheel balancing
Objective: Balancing of wheel (Demo experiment).
Experiment no. 8: Cam profile
Objective: Draw the cam profile for the cycloidal motion of follower.
Experiment no. 9: Cam follower mechanism
Objective: To construct displacement diagram for cam follower mechanism and to determine jump speed
against different inertia of the follower.
Experiment no. 10: Gyroscope
Objective: To study the gyroscopic couple due to simultaneous spin andprecession of a disc.

Reference Books
1. Theory of mechanisms and machines by A. Ghosh and A.K. Mallik, East West Press.
2. Theory of Machines by S.S.Rattan, TMH Pvt. Ltd.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

No experiment on gear drives
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO1 TO PO5
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
Not Applicable
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
PO1 TO PO5

CD # Course Delivery Methods

CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments
CD3 Seminars
 CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
and Internets
CD9 Simulation

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive Evaluation Marks 60
Attendance Marks 12
Lab Viva marks 24
Lab file Marks 12
Day-to-day performance Marks 12
End Semester Examination Marks 40
Lab quiz Marks 20
Lab performance Marks 20

Indirect Assessment
1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 3
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD # Course Delivery Methods Course Outcome Course

Delivery
Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4 CD5
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
Materials and Internets
CD9 Simulation CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4 CD9
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE 226
Course title: Manufacturing Processes Lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L:0, T:0, P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B.Tech.
Semester / Level: 4
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to:
1 Examine different patterns used in sand casting.
2 Get familiar with sand testing methods.
3 Get hands-on experience of various welding processes and select the best technique in
engineering practices.
4 Develop skills in various machining processes.
5 Understand about retrofitting of a machine tool.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, a student should be able to:
CO1 Design patterns used in sand casting.

CO2 Ascertain the quality of moulding sand for sand casting.

CO3 Apply arc welding processes for various applications.

CO4 Select and apply various machining processes as per applications.

CO5 Explain about retrofitting of a machine tool.

 SYLLABUS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Experiments Shop/Lab Title Objective

1. FOUNDRY SHOP Pattern Study To study different types of patterns used in
sand casting.
2. CARPENTRY SHOP Pattern To prepare a wooden pattern according to a
Making given dimension for aluminium casting.
3. FOUNDRY SHOP Moulding To determine the permeability number for a
Sand Testing given moulding sand sample.
To determine the amount of moisture for a
given moulding sand sample.
To determine the amount of clay for a given
moulding sand sample.
4. WELDING SHOP Shielded To study the effect of AC and DC arc in
Metal Arc manual/shielded metal arc welding.
Welding
5. WELDING SHOP Gas Metal To study Submerged arc welding
Arc Welding equipment and perform SAW welding
6. WELDING SHOP Spot Welding To study resistance welding equipment and
perform spot welding on thin sheets.
7. MACHINE SHOP Center Lathe To perform different types of center lathe
operation on job as per given dimensions.
8. MACHINE SHOP Shaper To machine on a rectangular job using
Machine shaper machine as per given job.
9. MACHINE SHOP Slotter To cut a slot on a job as per given
Machine dimensions.
10. MACHINE SHOP CNC Plasma To cut a sheet as per given job using CNC
Machine Air plasma machine
11. MACHINE SHOP CNC Surface To machine on a rectangular job using CNC
Grinding surface grinding machine as per given job.
Machine
12. MACHINING Retrofitted To study retrofitting attachment used on
AUTOMATION Lathe lathe and learn about retrofitting.
LAB

Text Books

1. S K Hajra Choudhury, A K. Hajra, “Elements of Workshop Technology: Vol- I and Vol -II”,
Media Promotors Pvt Ltd. (T1)
2. B S Raghuwanshi, "A course in Workshop Technology", Dhanpat Rai Publications. (T2)

Reference Books

1. P.N. Rao, “Manufacturing Technology Vol-1and Vol-II”, Tata McGraw Hill. (R1)
2. Kalpakjian, "Manufacturing Engineering and Technology", Pearson. (R2)
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):
Nil

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

Nil

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors

CD2 Assignments/Seminars
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids √
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment-
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Continuous Internal Assessment 60
Semester End Examination 40
Continuous Internal Assessment % Distribution
Day to day performance & Lab files 30
Quiz 1 10
Viva-voce 20
End Semester Examination % Distribution
Examination: Experiment Performance 30
Quiz 2 10

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Day to day performance & Lab files √ √ √ √ √
Quiz 1 √ √ √ √ √
Quiz 2 √ √ √ √ √
Viva-voce √ √ √ √ √
Examination: Experiment Performance √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) onto Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs):

COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 1 3 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 1 1 3 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 1 1 1 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
CO5 3 1 1 3 2 1 1
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes (Cos) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD3
CO2 CD3
CO3 CD3
CO4 CD3
CO5 CD3
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course Code: ME 213(Program Elective-I)

Course Title: Thermo-Fluid Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3 T: 0 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course envisions to impart to students to:

6. Derive the governing equations of the fluid flow from both Lagrangian as well as Eulerian
viewpoint
7. Understand the applicability of Lagrangian and Eulerian approach to various problems
8. Analyse the thermo-fluid aspects including the exergy of a system
9. Evaluate and understand the rotational and irrotational flows
10. Interpret the derived Navier-Stokes and energy equations and understand its physical
significance

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Outline the applicability of the underlying principles of both the fluid flow and
thermodynamics
CO2 Apply the knowledge of the governing equations related to the fluid flows and thermal
systems
CO3 Analyze both closed and open systems and be able to independently use the Reynolds
transport theorem
CO4 Analyze the exergy of both the open and closed systems
CO5 Apply the underlying concepts on various thermo-fluid systems
 SYLLABUS

(NO. OF
MODULE LECTURE
HOURS)
Module – I
Introduction, Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions; velocity and acceleration field; 8
convective effects; streamline coordinates; the Reynolds transport theorem ‒ its physical
interpretation, relationship to material derivative, and applications to the fixed and
nondeforming control volumes.
Module – II
Fluid element kinematics; linear motion and deformation; relationship between stress and 8
rate of strain; Euler’s equation of motion; stress components; relationship between
irrotational flow and viscosity.
Module –III
Navier-Stokes equation and its applications; energy equation and its applications to 8
various problems.
Module – IV
Exergy: reversible work and irreversibility; exergy of a closed mass system; exergy of a 8
flow stream; exergy transfer by heat, work and mass; exergy destruction; exergy balance
for steady-flow systems.
Module – V
Compressible flow: stagnation properties; speed of sound and Mach number; one- 8
dimensional isentropic flow; variation of fluid velocity with flow area; property relations
for isentropic flow of ideal gases; converging–diverging nozzles.

Text Books:
1. D.F. Young, B.R. Munson and T.H. Okiishi, A Brief Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 3rd Ed., John
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2003.
2. V.L. Streeter, E.B. Wylie and K.W. Bedford, Fluid Mechanics, 9th Ed., McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach, 4th Ed., McGraw Hill,
2001.

Reference Books:
1. M.C. Potter and D.C. Wiggert, Mechanics of Fluids, 2nd Ed., Pearson Education, 1997.
2. D.A. Kaminski and M.K. Jensen, Introduction to Thermal and Fluid Engineering, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2017.

Online Resources
1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105183/
2.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101103004/

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

1. Deriving the moment of momentum equation and its applications
2. Turbulent boundary layers and flow separation over curved surfaces
3. A formal introduction to computational fluid dynamics
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
3, 4, 12

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. An introduction to the tensors and its applications in fluid mechanics
2. Application of fluid mechanics to solve flow around stationary as well as rotating circular cylinder
and sphere
3. An introduction to surface waves

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

2, 3, 4, 12

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 3
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2
CO5 2 1 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Course Delivery

Course Delivery Methods
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 ‒ CO5 CD1, CD7, CD 8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1 ‒ CO5 CD1 and CD9
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets CO1 ‒ CO5
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 215 (Program Elective-I)
Course title: Composite Materials
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students to:

1 To present a comprehensive exposure to different composite materials
2 To lay the groundwork for various types and kinds of composite materials
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of Polymer, ceramic, metal based Composite
materials.
4 To present a comprehensive exposure to different manufacturing and testing techniques
for composites.
5 To present a wealth of real-world engineering examples to give students a feel for how
composite materials are replacing the materials in all types of engineering products.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Correlate requirement of composite materials.

CO2 Understand applicability of composite materials under various conditions.
CO3 Characterize necessity of choice of various components of composite materials and
their forms like filler, fibre, nano etc. with relative properties.
CO4 Apply various techniques for suitable composite material with required enhanced
properties.
CO5 Evaluate the performance composite materials for engineering applications.

SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction to Composite Materials: Definition of composites, Classification of
composites; General characteristics of reinforcement- classification, terminology used in
fiber science, CMC, MMC and PMC.
Module –II 8
Polymer Matrix Composites: Thermoplastic and thermosetting resins; Commonly
used matrix reinforcement system;Fibre, Flake and particulate reinforced composites,
Reinforcements used in PMC’s- glass, carbon, aramids, boron, Roving’s, yarns, fabrics,
etc.; Thermoset matrices for aerospace components- polyesters, epoxies, phenolics,
vinyl esters, cyanate esters, etc.; Thermoplastic matrices for advanced composites-
PEEK, polysulfones, polyimides, etc. concept of A stage, B stage and C stage resins;
Particulate and Fiber Filled Polymeric Composites: Applications, Function of
matrix, Function of fibres, Polymer-fibre interface, Factors influencing the performance
of composite, Coupling agents, Bonding agents, short fibre composites, Theories of
stress transfer, Analysis of short fibre composites, Critical fibre length, Rule of
mixtures;
Continuous Fiber Polymeric Composites: Analysis of long fiber composites,
Longitudinal behavior of unidirectional composites; Failure mechanism and strength,
Factors influencing longitudinal and transverse strength and stiffness, Halpin-Tsai
equations for transverse modulus, Prediction of Poisson’s ratio, Various failure modes.
Module – III 8
Specialty Composites: Composites for satellites and advanced launch vehicles, Design
considerations PMC- for structural composites, Theory and application of ablatives,
MMC- design, applications; Silicon carbide composites, design, processing and
properties;
Carbon-Carbon Composites: Matrix precursors, Manufacturing considerations, Multi
directional reinforced carbon-carbon composites.
Module – IV 8
Nano composites: Nano particle dispersion in polymer matrix, Polymer- nanoclay
composites and polymer-carbon nano tubes composites.
Functionally graded and Hierarchical Composites; Classification i.e., Natural and
Man-made, Uniaxial and bi-axial property gradient, Application in various industrial
sectors.
Module –V 8
Manufacturing Techniques: Hand lay-up, Filament winding, Pultrusion, Resin transfer
moulding, Processing science of reactive polymer composites, Process steps for
production, Selection of processing conditions toolings, Equipments, Carbon-carbon
composites, Processing, Thermal and mechanical properties, Quality control.
Testing of composites: Raw material testing, Property evaluation at laminate level,
NDT techniques; Design and analysis of composite structures: Macro mechanics of a
lamina, Micro mechanics, Laminate analysis, FE model and analysis
Reference Books:

1. R.M. Jones, Mechanics of Composites, 2nd ed., Taylor & Francis, 1999.
2. T. G. Gutowski, (Ed.) Advanced Composites Manufacturing, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1997.
3. P.M. Ajayan, L. Schadler, P.V. Braun Nano Composite Science and Technology, Wiley VCH, 2003.
4. E. Fitzer, L.M. Manocha, Carbon Reinforcement and Carbon/Carbon Composites, SpringerVerlag,
Heidelberg, New York, 1998.
5. K.K. Chawla, Ceramic Matrix Composites, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2003.
6. N. Chawla, K.K. Chawla, Metal Matrix Composites, Springer-Verlag, 2006.
7. J.C. Seferis, L. Nicolais, (Eds.) The Role of the Polymeric Matrix in the Processing and Structural
Properties of Composite Materials, Plenum Press, New York 1983
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
Various composite materials, their properties, and applications.

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

PO1-5
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
Characterization of the composite materials.

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1-5

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment
1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course
Program Outcomes (POs) Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 --
CO2 3 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 --
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 --
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 --
CO5 3 3 2 1 2 2 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery methods Course Delivery Method

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 217(Program Elective-I)
Course title: Renewable Energy Resources
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1 To understand the difference between the non-renewable energy system and the renewable energy
systems
2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in the fields of renewable energy sources
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of the applications of different renewable energy sources like
solar, wind, biomass, ocean thermal, geothermal etc.
4 To understand the working principles related to different renewable energy systems

5 To understand state of art renewable energy system used in industrial application.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Outline the various sources of energy

CO2 Understand the working principle of different solar thermal energy systems and Photo-
voltaic system
CO3 Understand the working principle of wind energy conversion system
CO4 Demonstrate the working principles of different biomass system
CO5 Understand the working principles and applications of different renewable energy
sources like solar, wind, biomass, ocean thermal, geothermal etc.
SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8

Introduction, Importance of Energy Consumption as Measure of Prosperity, Per Capita

Energy Consumption, Needs of renewable energy, Classification of Energy Resources,
Conventional Energy Resources - Availability and their limitations; Non-Conventional
Energy Resources – Classification, Advantages, Limitations, Comparison of
Conventional and Non-Conventional Energy Resources, World Energy Scenario, Indian
Energy Scenario.
Module –II 8
Introduction, Solar Radiation, Solar Constant, Basic Sun-Earth Angles, Solar Radiation
Geometry and its relation, Measurement of Solar Radiation,Principle of Conversion of
Solar Radiation into Heat, Collectors(Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors), Solar
Water Heaters , Solar Cookers , Solar driers, Solar Still, Solar Furnaces, Solar Green
Houses. Solar Photovoltaic, Solar Cell fundamentals, characteristics, classification,
construction of module, panel and array. Solar PV Systems (stand-alone and grid
connected), Solar PV Applications.
Module – III 8
Introduction, Wind and its Properties, History of Wind Energy, Wind Energy Scenario –
World and India. Basics of lift and drag, Basic principles of Wind Energy Conversion
Systems (WECS), Classification of WECS, Parts of WECS, Derivation for Power in the
wind, Electrical Power Output and Capacity Factor of WECS, Wind site selection
consideration, wind farm, Advantages and Disadvantages of WECS.
Module - IV 8
Introduction, Photosynthesis process, Biomass fuels, Biomass conversion technologies,
Urban waste to Energy Conversion, Biomass Gasification, Biomass to Ethanol
Production, Biogas production from waste biomass, factors affecting biogas generation,
types of biogas plants, energy plantation, Biomass program in India.
Module –V 8
Tidal Energy, Principle of Tidal Power, Components of Tidal Power Plant,
Classification of Tidal Power Plants. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC),
Principle of OTEC system, Methods of OTEC power generation – Open Cycle (Claude
cycle), Closed Cycle (Anderson cycle). Geothermal Energy, Resources of geothermal
energy, Hydrogen and Storage, Fuel Cell Systems, Hybrid Systems.

Text books:
1. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford University Press,
U.K., 1996.
2. Rai. G.D., “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Twidell, J.W. & Weir, A., “Renewable Energy Sources”, EFN Spon Ltd., UK, 2006.

Reference books:

1. Sukhatme. S.P., “Solar Energy”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
2. Tiwari. G.N., Solar Energy – “Fundamentals Design, Modelling& Applications”, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
 3. Freris. L.L., “Wind Energy Conversion Systems”, Prentice Hall, UK, 1990.
4. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics, “Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, PHI
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

1. Application of various energy heat storage in various renewable energy systems.
2. Application of state of art solar cells in various industrial applications.
3. Applications of geothermal energy in solar desalination system.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: 1-4, 7, 11, and 13

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Design and Optimization of Hybrid PV-Wind Renewable Energy
2. Projected impacts of climate change on wind energy density in India.
3. Submerged PV Solar Panel for Swimming Pools.
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: 1-4, 7, 11, and 13

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery

Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD5,
& CD8
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD5,
& CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5,
& CD8
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE 220 (Program Elective-I)
Course title: Industrial Statistics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to:
1 Learn about the basic methods of statistics for data representation and its analysis by
determining measures of central tendency; measures of dispersion; measures of skewness
sand kurtosis.
2 Understand the properties and application of different probability distribution functions in
statistics.
3 Learn useful techniques of statistics to draw inferences about the population based on
sample(s).
4 Understand the statistical techniques used form odelling and analysis of experiments
using ANOVA, design of experiments and regression analysis.
5 Learn about the different methods used for statistical process control.

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Understand the properties of a distribution based on central tendency, dispersion,
skewness sand kurtosis measures.
CO2 Understand the use of probability distribution functions in accordance with the problem.

CO3 Understand the basic concepts of sampling methods and the terminologies of Testing of
Hypothesis.
CO4 Design and investigate the experiments using ANOVA, design of experiments and
regression analysis.
CO5 Understand the application of different statistical process control tools in life problems.
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module I: Descriptive Statistics 8
Definition and Scope of Statistics; Classification of Data and Frequency Distribution;
Graphical Representation of Data; Measures of Central Tendency; Measures of
Dispersion; Measures of Skewness and Kurtosis.

Module II: Probability Theory 6

Discrete Probability Distributions - Binomial Distribution, Poisson Distribution,
Discrete Uniform and Hyper geometric Distributions, Geometric and Negative Binomial
Distributions. Continuous Probability Distributions - Normal Distribution, Area
Property of Normal Distribution, Continuous Uniform and Exponential Distributions,
Gamma and Beta Distributions.
Module III: Statistical Inference 8
Concepts of sampling methods - Sampling Theory and Sampling Distribution, Simple
Random Sampling, Elementary Concepts of other Sampling Techniques.
Test of significance - Testing of Hypothesis, Z – test and its applications, t – test and its
applications, Chi – Square test and its applications, F – test and its applications.
Module IV: Statistical Techniques 12
Analysis of Variance - Introduction to Analysis of Variance, No-way Analysis of
Variance, One-way Analysis of Variance, Two-way Analysis of Variance.
Design of Experiments - Online and Offline Quality Control, Quality Loss Function,
DOE Process Steps; Orthogonal Array Selection and Utilization, S/N Analysis.
Regression Modelling - Simple Linear Regression, Statistical Inference in Simple
Linear Regression, Multiple Linear Regression, Selection of Variables and Testing
Model Assumptions.
Module V: Statistical Process Control 6
Basic concepts of statistical process control, Seven Magnificent SPC Tool – Flow
charts, Histogram or stem-and-leaf plot, Check sheet, Run chart, Pareto chart, Cause-
and-effect diagram, Scatter diagram. Advanced methods of SPC – Tests of randomness,
Cumulative sum control chart, Multivariate SPC.

Text Book
1. Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Douglas C. Montgomery,Wiley (T1)
2. Design and analysis of Experiments, Douglas C. Montgomery, Wiley(T2)
3. Fundamentals of quality control and improvement, A Mitra,Wiley
Reference Book
1. Modern Industrial Statistics, Ron S.Kenett, Wiley (R1)
2. Industrial Statistics, Pere Grima Cintas,Wiley(R2)
3. Design of Experiments using the Taguchi Approach, Ranjit K.Roy, Wiley(R3)

Gaps in the syllabus(to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

Control charts and acceptance sampling plans

POs met through Gapsin the Syllabus:

Topics beyond syllabus/ Advanced topics/Design:

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:
Course Delivery Methods:
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/ LCD projectors/OHP projectors √
CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/ teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation
Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment-
Assessment Tool %Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation %Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 +10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination %Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
Quiz1 √ √
Quiz2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment–
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes(Cos) on to Program Outcomes(POs) and

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs):

COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 2 2 3 1 3
1:Slight(Low)2: Moderate(Medium)3:Substantial (High)

Between Course Outcomes(Cos)and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO2 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO3 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO4 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO5 CD1,CD2, CD6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 219 (Program Elective-I)
Course title: Non-Destructive Testing
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course envisions imparting the students to:

1 Introduce the methods employed for non-destructive testing (NDT) of structures and materials.
2 Understand the importance, limitations and applications of different NDT techniques.
3 Identify the nature of a flaw and apply the theory of NDT for improving reliability of a component.
4 Apply the knowledge of Non-destructive testing to industrial applications.
5 Be aware of the developments and future trends in NDT.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Classify major NDT methods and inspect surface flaws in a component.
CO2 Inspect sub-surface defects/flaws and materials by using principles of magnetism and
electromagnetism.
CO3 Apply the concepts of radiographic techniques for inspection of a component.
CO4 Evaluate internal discontinuities in a material accurately by using ultrasonic testing.
CO5 Select NDT techniques based on their employability for different specimen under testing.
 SYLLABUS

ME-257 Non-Destructive Testing

Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction to NDT and Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Testing:
Introduction and Classification of NDT, Visual Inspection Methods, Dye Penetrant
Testing (DPT), Basic Principle of DPT, Types of dye and method of application, DPT-
Developer application, and Inspection.
Module –II 8
Magnetic Particle Testing (MPT) & Eddy Current Testing (ECT): Basic definition
of Magnetism & Principle of MPT, Magnetizing Techniques, Procedure & Equipment
used for MPT, Applications & limitations of MPT.
Principle & Instrumentation for ECT, Techniques used in ECT, Advanced ECT
methods, Applications & limitations of ECT.
Module – III 8
Radiographic Testing: Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and
film less techniques, types and use of filters and screens, geometric factors, Inverse
square, law, characteristics of films–graininess, density, speed, contrast, characteristic
curves, Penetrameters, Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence. Fluoroscopy- Xero-
Radiography, Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography.
Module - IV 8
Ultrasonic Testing: Basic Properties of Sound Beam, Ultrasonic Transducers,
Inspection techniques, Flaw Characterization Techniques and Detection Equipment,
Applications, Advantages & Limitations of Ultrasonic Testing.
Module –V 8
Comparison and Selection of NDT methods: Defects in Materials, Selection of NDT
Method, Selection of Instrumentation, Codes/Standards in NDT and Industrial Practices.
Textbooks:

1. Baldev Raj, T. Jayakumar, M. Thavasimuthu “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”, Narosa

Publishing House, 2009.
2. Ravi Prakash, “Non-Destructive Testing Techniques”, 1st revised edition, New Age International
Publishers, 2010.
Reference Books:

1. ASM Metals Handbook, “Non-Destructive Evaluation and Quality Control”, American Society of
Metals, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 200, Volume-17
2. ASNT, American Society for Non-Destructive Testing, Columbus, Ohio, NDT Handbook, Vol. 1,
Leak Testing, Vol. 2, Liquid Penetrant Testing, Vol. 4, Radiographic Testing.
Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

1. Hands on application to various NDT techniques.

2. Identifying defects in materials using NDT practically and taking decision.

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 &12

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Acoustic emission testing.

2. Advanced ultrasonic testing.

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment
1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 1
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 1
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 1
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 1
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 1

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery

Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1 & CD2
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1 & CD2
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1 & CD2
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1 & CD2
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 292 (Open Elective-I)

Course title: Smart And New Materials
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Pre-requisite(s): None
Co- requisite(s):
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive exposure to various new engineering materials
2 To lay the groundwork for various smart materials and their applications
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of Electro-Rheological (Fluids) Smart Materials,
Piezoelectric Smart Materials, Shape – Memory (Alloys) Smart Materials etc.
4 To present a wealth of real-world engineering examples to give students a feel for how
new materials are applied in development of engineering products.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Correlate requirement of smart and new materials.
CO2 Understand applicability of smart materials under various conditions.
CO3 Characterize necessity of development of new materials with better properties and
cost-effective processes.
CO4 Apply various techniques for selection of suitable material
CO5 Evaluate the performance of new materials for engineering applications.
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module I 5
Introduction and Historical Perspective
Classes of materials and their usage – Intelligent /Smart materials – Evaluation of
materials Science – Structural material – Functional materials – Polyfunctional materials
– Generation of smart materials – Diverse areas of intelligent materials –Primitive
functions of intelligent materials – Intelligent inherent in materials –Examples of
intelligent materials, structural materials, Electrical materials, biocompatible materials
etc. – Intelligent biological materials – Bio-mimetics – Wolff’s law– Technological
applications of Intelligent materials.
Module II 5
Smart Materials and Structural Systems
The principal ingredients of smart materials – Thermal materials – Sensing technologies
– Micro sensors – Intelligent systems – Hybrid smart materials – Analgorithm for
synthesizing a smart material – Passive sensory smart structures–Reactive actuator
based smart structures – Active sensing and reactive smart structures – Smart skins –
Aero elastic tailoring of airfoils – Synthesis of future smart systems.

Module III 10
Electro-Rheological (Fluids) Smart Materials
Suspensions and electro-rheological fluids – Bingham-body model – Newtonian
viscosity and non-Newtonian viscosity – Principal characteristics of electro rheological
fluids – The electro-rheological phenomenon – Charge migration mechanism for the
dispersed phase – Electro-rheological fluid domain – Electro-rheological fluid
actuators– Electro-rheological fluid design parameter – Applications of Electro-
rheological fluids.

Module IV 10
Piezoelectric Smart Materials
Background – Electrostriction – Pyro electricity – Piezoelectricity – Industrial
piezoelectric materials – PZT – PVDF – PVDF film – Properties of commercial
piezoelectric materials – Properties of piezoelectric film (explanation) – Smart materials
featuring piezoelectric elements – smart composite laminate with embedded
piezoelectric actuators – SAW filters.

Module V 10
Shape – Memory (Alloys) Smart Materials
Background on shape – memory alloys (SMA) Nickel – Titanium alloy (Nitinol) –
Materials characteristics of Nitinol – Martensitic transformations – Austenitictrans
formations – Thermoelastic martensitic transformations – Cu based SMA, chiral
materials – Applications of SMA – Continuum applications of SMA fasteners – SMA
fibers – reaction vessels, nuclear reactors, chemical plants, etc. – Micro robotactuated by
SMA – SMA memorization process (Satellite antenna applications) SMA blood clot
filter – Impediments to applications of SMA – SMA plastics – primary molding –
secondary molding – Potential applications of SMA plastics.
Books

1. M.V. Gandhi and B.S. Thompson, Smart Materials and Structures Chapman and Hall, London, First
Edition, 1992
2. T.W. Deurig, K.N.Melton, D.Stockel and C.M.Wayman, Engineering aspects ofShape Memory alloys,
Butterworth –Heinemann, 1990
3. C.A.Rogers, Smart Materials, Structures and Mathematical issues, Technomic Publising Co., USA,
1989.
4. Brain Culshaw – Smart Structure and Materials Artech House – Borton. London-1996.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Various new and smart materials and their properties and applications.

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

PO1-5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Manufacturing and processing techniques for lab and mass production.

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1-5

Course Delivery Methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
 Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Quiz1 √ √

Mid Semester Examination √ √

Quiz2 √ √ √

Assignment √ √ √ √ √

End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Course
Program Outcomes (POs) Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 --
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 --
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 --
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 --
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATIONSHEET
Course code: ME 293 (Open Elective-I)
Course title: Experimental Methods in Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B.Tech
Semester/ Level: Fourth
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:

1. Equip students with the knowledge of different experimental techniques used in thermal
system.
2. Provide the essential experimental background for design and data interpretation of the
thermal systems.
3. To understand various instruments used for data measurement in thermal systems.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Discuss experimentation techniques for various thermal systems.

CO2 Discuss various instruments used for measuring different properties significant for
evaluation of performance of thermal systems and to carry out uncertainty analysis.

CO3 Appraise the computing facilities for measurement and acquisition of data
CO4 Apply the experimental knowledge for various thermal systems
CO5 Appraise advanced measurement techniques and systems
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module I: 8

Introduction: Experiments versus simulation, Experiments versus measurements, why

conduct experiments, Details of an experimental set up, Global Versus local
measurements; Static versus dynamic calibration, forward versus inverse measurements.

Module II: 8

Basic Concepts in Measurements – Generalized Description of Measurement System.

Operational Description of a General Measurement System and Elimination Methods of
Interfering Inputs to the Desired Inputs. Null and Deflection Methods of Measurements,
Analog, and Digital Measurements, Static and Dynamic Measurements. Accuracy,
Precision, calibration traceability, time/frequency response, selection of instruments for
measurements of physical quantities such as temperature, pressure, flow rate, sources of
error.

Module III: 8

Uncertainty analysis: Types of errors and uncertainties, statistical basis of uncertainty,

propagation of uncertainties, codes for uncertainty analysis.

Module IV: 8

Introduction to design of experiments (DOE): Concepts, methodology examples.

Module V: 8

Optimization Techniques for Engineering Design

Introduction: Historical development, Engg. Application, Statement and Problem
definition, Classification and techniques of optimization, Classical optimization
techniques.
Linear programming: simplex algorithm, duality in LP, Decomposition principle,
Transportation problem. Linear programming and fractional programming.
Non-linear programming: Introduction, Formation of N.L.P
Introduction and optical diagnostics: Image analysis and its application.
Non-optical diagnostics: Sensors and Transducers; Data Sampling, Signal Conditioning
and Acquisition. Examples of Transducer for Measurements.
Books:

1. Debin, E.O. Measurement systems – Application and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Holman, J.P. Experimental methods for Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Bouker, A.H., and Lieberman, G.J. Engineering Statistics, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1972.

Gaps in the syllabus(to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Designing the Mechanical System

Pos met through Gaps in the Syllabus: PO(1) to PO(3)

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: Experimental approach

Pos met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: PO(1) to PO(5)

COURSE OUTCOME (CO)ATTAINMENTASSESSMENT

TOOLS&EVALUATION PROCEDURE
Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Quiz1 √ √

Mid Semester Examination √ √

Quiz2 √ √ √

Assignment √ √ √ √ √

End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Course Delivery methods

Course Delivery methods

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes on to Program Outcomes

Course Outcome Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 2
<34%=1, 34-66%=2,>66%=3

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Course Delivery method

Course Outcome Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1, CD2, CD3
CO2 CD1, CD2, CD3
CO3 CD1, CD2 CD3, CD7
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD8
CO5 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD8
5th SEMESTER
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 301
Course title: IC Engines and Gas Turbines
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1. Make student understand the basic operating characteristics of internal combustion engines and
differentiate the hypothetical and real operating conditions.
2. Study the basic phenomena normal and abnormal combustion.
3. Outline how the engine is made smoothly operable by means of fuel supply, cooling and
lubrication.
4. Analyze the performance and testing parameters of operating engines.
5. Understand the operating of gas turbines and jet engines

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Understand working principle of IC Engines, operating cycles and differentiate
hypothetical with real conditions.
CO2 Outline and examine the combustion phenomena in SI and CI engines and
factors influencing combustion phenomena.
CO3 Understand and identify fuel injection, cooling and lubrication systems in I.C.
engines.
CO4 Apply different methods for measuring engine performance and pollutants.
CO5 Analyze gas turbine and jet propulsion cycles.

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour

Module: 1 10

Introduction to I.C. Engine, SI and CI Engine, Air standard Otto and Diesel
cycles, valve timing diagrams, Fuel-air Cycles and actual air cycle and their
analysis.

Module –II 10

Combustion in SI Engines: Combustion in S.I. engines, stages, ignition lag,

factors affecting ignition lag, flame propagation and its factors, knocking and
its factors, control of knock.

Combustion in C.I. engines, stages of combustion, delay period and affecting

factors, detonation and affecting factors, control and comparison with
knocking of S.I. engines.

Module – III 8

Elementary carburetor and its auxiliary devices, Choke jet ratio of a simple
carburetor, MPFI system. Injection system of C.I. engines. Introduction to
supercharging and its purpose.

Engine Cooling: Introduction to air- and water-cooling systems.

Lubrication: Objectives and Properties of lubricating oil, Mechanism of

lubrication, Role of Additives.

Module - IV 8

Testing and performance: Measurement of air, fuel consumption, indicated

power, brake power, Morse test, Heat balance sheet, Performance parameter
of S.I. and C.I. engine, performance map.

Engine Emission and control: Engine emissions and their effects, gasoline and
diesel emission, methods of measuring pollutants, controlling of engine
emission.

Module –V 8

Gas turbine and Jet Propulsion: Theory of gas turbine, thermodynamic

analysis of Brayton cycle, and with regeneration, reheat, inter-cooling.
Compressor and turbines isentropic efficiency, Analysis of cycle considering
losses.

Jet propulsion cycle, elementary idea of turbojet, Turbo-propulsion, ramjet

and pulses jet, Classification of Rocket propulsion.

Textbooks:
1. Internal combustion engines by E.F.Obert.
2. Gas turbine Theory by Cohen Roger
3. Kohli P L., “Automotive Electrical Equipment”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Delhi, 2004
4. Robert N Brady Automotive Computers and Digital Instrumentation, Prentice Hall, Eagle Wood
Cliffs, New Jersey, 1988.

Reference books:
1. A course in Internal Combustion Engines by M.L. Mathur and R.P. Sharma.
2. Internal Combustion by V. Ganeshan, McGraw Hill
3. Gas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsion by M.L.Mathur and R.P.Sharma
4. Spreadbury .F.G., Electrical Ignition Equipment, Constable & Co Ltd., London, 1962.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Combustion chamber design, Wankel engine, Stratified charge engine
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: PO1 TO PO5
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
EURO and BHARAT emission norms, BIS standards for testing and rating, Combustion chamber
design
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: PO1 TO PO7

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and
Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 303
Course title: Mechanical Vibration
Pre-requisite(s): ME 101: Basics of Mechanical Engineering
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To be able to obtain the model of vibratory systems of single, multi degrees of freedom
system as well as continuous systems.
2 To perform modal analysis of different systems.
3 To understand the experimental procedures in vibration analysis.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Understand the basic elements of vibration models

CO2 Analyze multi degrees of freedom systems.
CO3 Solve the natural frequencies and mode shapes of a vibrating system.
CO4 Analyze the vibration of continuous systems.
CO5 Apply the knowledge of vibration in practical problems.
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour

Module –I 8

Review of free and forced vibration analysis of single degree of freedom system
with and without damping; different types of damping used in practice (Viscous
damping, eddy current damping, structural damping, dry friction damping, non-
contact damping methods); rotor unbalance; whirling of rotating shaft; base excited
vibration.

Module –II 8

Free vibration analysis of two and three degrees of freedom system; derivation of
equation of motion; matrix formulation; influence coefficient; flexibility matrix;
stiffness matrix; coordinate coupling; principal coordinates; orthogonality of modes;
Lagrange’s equation; Forced vibration analysis of two and three degrees of freedom
system due to harmonic excitation; torsional vibration with two rotor masses.

Module – III 8

Determination of natural frequencies and mode shapes of multi degrees of freedom

system using exact method; Analysis of multi degrees of freedom system using
numerical methods: Dunkerley’s method, Holzer’s method, Stodola’s method,
Rayleigh-Ritz method, Method of matrix iteration.

Module – IV 8

Introduction to the vibration of continuous systems; Lateral vibration of string;

Longitudinal vibration of bar; Torsional vibration of uniform shaft; Transverse
vibration of beams having different types of supports (Euler- Bernoulli beam.)

Module –V 10

Experimental methods in vibration analysis; vibration measuring Instruments

(vibrometer, accelerometer); vibration testing equipments: different types of
vibration exciters; signal generators; frequency measuring instruments; system
identification from frequency response; vibration signature analysis and preventive
maintenance.

Textbooks:
T1. Theory of Vibration with Applications: W. T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson
Education.
T2. Introductory Course on Theory and practice of Mechanical Vibrations by J.S.Rao and K.
Gupta, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

Reference Book
R1. Mechanical vibrations by Thammaiah Gowda, Jagadeesha T and D V Girish, McGraw Hill.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Software application in vibration analysis.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO1 TO PO5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Non- linear vibration
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
PO1 TO PO5

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2
2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials
CD8 and internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 315
Course title: Heat and Mass Transfer
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1 Classify innumerable cases under heat transfer process.

2 Discover various laws and its application

3 Illustrate and solve mathematically the relations under various heat transfer modes.

4 Judge, solve and correlate heat transfer and flow parameters required for the performance studies
and thermal design at industry level.

5 Classify, solve and correlate heat and mass transfer problems.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Identify and paraphrase the modes, laws and operating conditions of heat
transfer problems investigating the steady and unsteady state conduction.
CO2 Recognize and articulately examine and analyze the heat transfer by use of fins
and radiation surfaces.
CO3 Analyze, formulate and correlate the heat transfer parameters under forced and
free convection.
CO4 Evaluate and modify heat transfer under various design of heat exchangers
CO5 Estimate and illustrate mass transfer problems.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour

Module -I 10

Basic concepts and laws of Heat Transfer, generalized heat conduction equation in
cartesian; cylindrical and spherical coordinates; Contact thermal resistance; without
internal heat generation for Simple and composite Plane wall, hollow cylinders and
spheres; Critical thickness of insulation; variable thermal conductivity of plane wall;
1D steady state heat conduction for Plane wall, hollow cylinders and spheres;
Transient heat conduction – lumped heat capacity analysis.

Module –II 10

Extended surfaces (Fins): General equation, temperature distribution and heat

transfer analysis, fin efficiency, effectiveness, variable area, circumferential fin.

Radiation: Definition and laws of thermal radiation, black body and non-black
surfaces, shape factor analysis, radiation heat transfer by electrical analogy
approach, radiation shield, re-radiation surfaces.

Module – III 8

Forced Convection: Governing Equations, Velocity and Thermal Boundary Layers,

related dimensionless numbers, Empirical solutions of Laminar and Turbulent flow,
flow past cylinder – External and Internal flows, Reynolds and Colburns analogies.
Module - IV 8

Free convection: Boundary layer concept, Governing equations; Empirical solutions

of Plates, cylinders and enclosed spaces. Combined free and forced convection.

Boiling Heat transfer – Basic phenomenon and regimes.

Module –V 8

Heat Exchanger: Classification, LMTD and NTU – effectiveness methods of

analysis, correction factor, Fouling Factor, Single and multi-pass heat exchangers,
Efficiency and Effectiveness.

Mass Transfer: Introduction to Diffusion and Convective mass transfer,

concentration, velocities and fluxes, Fick’s law of diffusion and diffusion
coefficient, species conservation equation, steady state diffusion through stationary
media and equimolar counter diffusion.

Textbooks:
1. Heat and Mass Transfer by J.P. Holman, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Heat and Mass Transfer by Yunus A. Cengel and A. J Ghajar, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer by R. C. Sachdeva, New Edge Science Ltd., New
Delhi
4. Heat Transfer by S. P. Sukhatme, Universities Press
5. Data Book: Heat and Mass Transfer by C.P. Kothandraman

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Heat Transfer by F. Krieth and M. S. Bohn, Cengage Learning USA
2. Heat Transfer by Ghoshdashtidar, Oxford University Press.
3. Heat and Mass Transfer by P. K. Nag, McGraw Hill
4. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer by Incropera, Dewitt, Bergman and Lavine, John Wiley & Sons

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

1. Application of various heat transfer zone under conduction, convection and radiation.
2. Application of heat exchangers.
3. Applications of heat transfer under external and internal flows.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, 12, 13,14

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Multi-dimensional heat transfer
2. Combined modes of heat transfer
3. Computational/numerical approach of heat transfer problems.
4. Heat transfer through non-conventional approach e,g, Peltier; Seeback; Solar; Gas Radiations
etc.
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11 &12

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery Method Used
Code Outcome
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 302
Course title: Heat Transfer Lab
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L:0, T:0, P:3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To demonstrate the basic phenomenon of heat transfer.

2 To interpret the experimental results in a logical manner.

3 To develop innovative methodologies of solving heat transfer problems.

4 To compose precautionary measures while dealing with heat transfer equipment and
problems.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Apply and demonstrate the basic laws of heat transfer under different modes.

CO2 Analyze problems involving steady state heat transfer.

CO3 Evaluate heat transfer coefficients under different modes.

CO4 Analyze heat exchanger performance under different conditions.

CO5 Assess the importance of heat transfer coefficients and transferring medium.

List of experiments

1. To determine thermal conductivity of an insulating powder.

2. To determine the forced convection heat transfer rate from a pin fin and compare the temperature
distribution with the estimated values.
3. To determine the emissivity of a test plate.
4. To find the heat transfer coefficient for dropwise and filmwise condensation .
5. To find heat transfer coefficient for different air flow rates through a pipe.
6. To find heat transfer coefficient for a constant air flow rate through a pipe with variable heat
input.
7. To find the heat transfer coefficient of a vertical cylinder in natural convection.
8. To compare the overall heat transfer coefficient under parallel and counter flow conditions in a
shell and tube heat exchanger.
9. To determine the thermal conductivity of a viscous liquid.
10. To determine the free convection heat transfer rate from a pin fin and compare the temperature
distribution with the estimated values.
11. To demonstrate the super thermal conductivity by means of heat pipe demonstrator.
12. To calibrate a temperature sensor in temperature measurement test setup.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback
2. Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 - 1
3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 - 1
3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 - 1
3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 - 1
3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 - 1
2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 304
Course title: Internal Combustion Engines Lab.
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L:0, T: 0, P:3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To make student familiar with various types I.C. Engines and exhaust measurement
systems.
2 To make the student confident how to perform experiments related I.C. Engine and
measurements of exhaust emissions.
3 To study performance and combustion characteristics of various I.C. Engines.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Understand the procedure to conduct experiments related to Internal Combustion

Engines and exhaust measurement systems
CO2 Understand various parameters influence the performance of the Internal Combustion
Engines.
CO3 Analyze the observations made through experiments

CO4 Apply the experimental knowledge how to perform the experiments in different
manner.

CO5 Predicting the sources of errors and minimizing them in the experiments

List of experiments:

1. Economic speed test on 4- stroke, 4- cylinder Ambassador Petrol Engine.

2. Energy auditing and volumetric efficiency of 4-stroke, 4-cylinder Maruti Zen Petrol Engine.
3. Economic load test on twin cylinder, 4- stroke Peter Kirloskar Diesel Engine.
4. Performance study on M.P.F.I. Petrol Engine using Morse test.
5. Performance study on 4-cylinder, 4-stroke Diesel Engine.
6. Combustion characteristics (P-θ) diagram for variable loads on Mahindra Diesel Engine.
7. Analysis of exhaust emission (NOx, CO) of Diesel Engine.
 8. Analysis of Exhaust emission (NOx, CO) of petrol Engine.
9. Study of M.P.F.I./S.P.F.I./ Carburetor system.
10. Study of Wankel rotary Engine.
11. Study of open cycle gas turbine.
12. Port timing diagram of two- stroke, single- cylinder Diesel Engine.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 1 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 1 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 1
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 306

Course title: Mechanical Engineering Lab II
Pre-requisite(s): Basic knowledge of Thermal, Solar and Fluid Flow
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0, T: 0, P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1. To present real world engineering examples of Thermal, Solar and Fluid Flow.

2. To make student familiar with modern experimental setups for Thermal, Solar and Fluid Flow.

3. To incorporate theoretical knowledge in experiments.

4. To compare analytical results with experimental results.

5. To comment on inherent physics (not considered in theoretical analysis) of the system.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Evaluate the various salient outputs in Thermosyphonic mode of flow at different radiation
levels and speeds.

CO2 Analyze the various characteristics of different pumps under different conditions.

CO3 Evaluate Meniscus Fluctuations.

CO4 Determine various characteristics with PV Module.
CO5 Determine flow characteristics and pattern in a wind tunnel.
 SYLLABUS
ME 306 Mechanical Engineering Lab II
List of Experiments:

1. Evaluate the overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (UL), Heat Removal Factor (FR) and
Thermal Efficiency of the Collector (η) in Thermosyphonic mode of flow at
different radiation level.
2. Evaluate the overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (UL), Heat Removal Factor (FR) and
Thermal Efficiency of the Collector (η) in Thermosyphonic wind speed.
3. Determine the Centrifugal Fan Characteristics.
4. Determine and plot velocity distribution curves for all orifice conditions.
5. Determine and plot the performance characteristics of Gear Oil Pump operating at
various flow rates and speed.
6. Determine the Miniscus Fluctuation by varying different parameters.
7. Determine the I.V. and P.V. Characteristics of PV Module with varying Radiation
and Temperature level.
8. Determine the I.V. and P.V. Characteristics of Series and Parallel combination of
PV Module.
9. Determine the effect of variation in the tilt angle and evaluate the voltage and
current of PV Module Power.
10. Demonstrate Flow Visualization during a flow past a blunt body.
11. Determine the Pressure Distribution around a Cylinder kept in Cross Flow of air.
12. Determine the Hydrodynamic Boundary Layer over a flat plate.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive Evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment
1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery Method

Code Outcome Used

CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2 & CD8

CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8

CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8

CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8

CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2 & CD8

CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures

CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training

CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and

Internets

CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 357(Program Elective - II)
Course title: Measurement and Instrumentation
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive knowledge of different measurement and

instrumentation technologies available and in practice in modern day industry.
2 To lay the foundation to understand the basic principles of operation of various sensors
and transducers.
3 To develop the knowledge needed to justify and select any specific type of
instrumentation needed for any industrial/domestic application.
4 To present real world engineering examples of measurements and instrumentation.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand the static and dynamic characteristics of instruments with the
sources/causes of error and do the analysis.
CO2 Contrast the diverse types of transducers available in the modern industry with
reference to its characteristics and select one for a given situation.
CO3 Evaluate the incoming signal and apply suitable filters or transformations to make it
suitable for the next processing.
CO4 Understand the working principle of advanced measurement equipment used in
metrology.
CO5 Appreciate different type of sensors available as a standard device in the domestic,
industrial and special applications.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour

Module -I 9

Measurement systems, Static characteristics of instruments, Errors in measurements

and its statistical analysis, Dynamic characteristics of instruments and measurement
systems.

Module –II 9

Primary sensing elements and transducers: Classification and characteristics of

transducers, Mechanical devices, Electric transducer: Resistance, Inductance and
Capacitance based, Thermal sensitive devices, Strain gauges, LVDT and RVDT,
Synchros and Resolvers, Piezo-Electric, Hall effect, Optoelectronic devices,
Semiconductor devices, Polarized light, Radiometry, Digital devices.

Module – III 9

Signal conditioning: Op-Amp circuits, Differential amplifier, Amplitude modulation

and demodulation, Filters and its types, Current sensitive circuits, A/D and D/A
circuits. Display devices and recorders.

Module – IV 9

Metrology: Measurement of length and angle, Dimensional measurements and

standards, Gauges, Comparators, Interferometry, Optical flat, Measurement of area.
Pressure measurements: Mechanical and Electromechanical Gauges, Viscosity and
Ionization gauges.

Module –V 9

Strain gauges, calibration, temperature compensation, and associated circuitry.

Force, Torque and Power measurements, Velocity and vibration measurements,
Flow measurements and Temperature measurements. Special measurements: Level,
Density, Viscosity, Nuclear radiation, pH, Humidity, Open loop and closed loop
control.

Textbooks:
T1. A. K. Sawhney and Puneet Sawney, Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation and Control,
Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2016
T2. R. K. Rajput, Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation, S.K. Kataria& Sons, 2013
T3. Helfrickand Cooper, Modern Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques, PHI, 2011.

Reference books:
R1. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, PHI, 2003.
R2. H. S. Kalsi, Electronic Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 2017.
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 -

CO2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 -

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 -

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 -

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 -

2. Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

3. 1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery Method

Code Outcome Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1, CD2, CD5,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD1, CD2
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO1-5 CD1, CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials CO1-5
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 349(Program Elective -II)
Course title: Turbomachinery
Pre-requisite(s): ME 203 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive and rigorous treatment of classical turbo machinery while

retaining an engineering perspective.
2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in such fields as analysis of various turbo
machines and energy conversion systems and to prepare the students to effectively use
Fluid mechanics and thermodynamics theory in the practice of turbo machinery in
engineering.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of turbo machinery by emphasizing the
engineering and engineering arguments.
4 To present a wealth of real-world engineering examples to give students a feel for how
turbo machinery theories are applied in engineering practice.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Outline the fluid mechanics, thermodynamics concepts, system of control volume, to
turbomachines
CO2 Apply the appropriate fundamental laws of fluid dynamics, thermodynamics to
various turbomachines.
CO3 Analyze various turbomachines for energy transfer
CO4 Evaluate the performance of various turbomachinery components
CO5 Create optimum aerodynamic design/geometrical dimension of simple, complex
turbomachinery components using conventional methods and modern tools.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour

Module -I 7

Introduction to turbomachines, classification of turbomachines, momentum, and

moment of momentum theory applied to moving blades, change in total enthalpy
and total pressure, velocity triangles for radial and axial flow turbomachines. Basic
aero foil theory applied to axial flow blades, non-dimensional performance
parameters, specific speed, flow coefficient and head coefficient.

Module –II 9

Steam and gas turbines: Steam flow through nozzles, critical pressure ratio, and
choking of nozzles, throat and exit areas for optimum discharge, impulse and
reaction stage, flow of steam through turbine blades, velocity diagrams, stage and
other efficiencies, condition for maximum efficiency of a single stage turbine,
compounding of steam turbines. Axial flow gas turbines, turbine characteristics and
performance, simple design calculations.

Module – III 9

Centrifugal and Reciprocating compressors: Compressor components and their

function, the compression process, work required, polytropic efficiency, pressure
rise, slip, effect of blade shape, two-dimensional flow through impeller, vaned
diffuser and volute casing, surging and choking of compressors, compressor
performance and characteristic curves, simple design calculations.

Module – IV 9

Axial flow compressors: Cascade analysis, vortex theory, work required, polytropic
efficiency, pressure rise, degree of reaction, simple design calculations, surging and
stalling of compressors, compressor performance and characteristic curves.

Module –V 9

Fans and Blowers: Classification, construction and power requirement, pressure rise,
efficiency calculations, applications in boilers, cooling towers, reversible fans and
blowers, and other industrial applications, simple design calculations.

Textbooks:

T1. Turbines, Compressors & Fans, S. M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill Co.

T2. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III - Turbo machinery, V. Kadambi and Manohar
Prasad, New Age International Publishers (P) Ltd.
T3. Principles of Turbo Machinery, D. G. Shepherd, The Macmillan Company.
Reference Books:

R1. Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, S. L. Dixon.

R2. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery, William W Perg, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
R3. A Text book of Turbomechanics- M.S.Govindgouda&A.M. Nagaraj, M.M.Publications.
Online Resources:
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106200/18#
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106175/Module%204/Lecture%2034.pdf
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/machine/ui/Course_home-1.htm
http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/101101058/

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Outline of various CFD softwares used in design and analysis of turbomachines.

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

PO1 TO PO5 & PO12

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Detailed analysis of different testing process.

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1 TO PO5&PO12

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1.Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 2
3 2 -
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2
3 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2
3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
3 2 -
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2
2 2 -
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Outcome Course Delivery Method

Code Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1, CD2, CD5,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD1, CD2
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO1-5 CD1, CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL CO1-5
Materials and Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE 317 (Program Elective -II)
Course title: Advanced Welding Technology
Pre-requisite(s): PE 214:Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, PE 216:Foundry,
Forming & Welding Technologies/PE-213 Manufacturing Processes
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to:
1 Learn about the fundamental principles, process parameters and application possibilities of
solid-state welding and radiant beam welding processes
2 Learn about the fundamental principles, process parameters and application possibilities of
hybrid welding and allied processes
3 Understand different techniques applied for different welding positions and welding
conditions
4 Understand the use of welding symbols and design procedure for weld joints under different
loading conditions
5 Learn about weldability of specific materials and welding applications

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Classify solid-state welding and radiant beam welding processes and identify their
advantages, limitations and application possibilities
CO2 Compare the fundamental principles, equipment, parameters and applications of different
hybrid welding, thermal cutting and metal surfacing processes
CO3 Select appropriate techniques for different welding positions and welding conditions

CO4 Design weld joints for different loading conditions and to minimize weld distortion
CO5 Select appropriate welding techniques for different sets of materials for different welding
applications
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour

Module 1: Solid state welding and radiant beam welding 8

Fundamental principles, process parameters, machines and equipment, advantages,

limitations and application possibilities of cold welding, diffusion welding, forge
welding, friction and inertia welding, explosive welding, ultrasonic welding;
Fundamental principles, process parameters, machines and equipment, advantages,
limitations and application possibilities of electron beam welding and laser beam
welding; principle of conduction mode and keyhole welding.

Module 2: Advanced welding and allied processes 8

Laser arc hybrid welding - fundamental principles, hybrid laser GMAW process,
hybrid laser GTAW process, hybrid laser PAW process, paraxial and coaxial
arrangements, welding parameters, joint gap, joint configuration and edge
preparation, weld quality and industrial applications.

Thermal cutting processes – oxygen cutting, arc cutting, high energy beam cutting;
metal surfacing – cladding, hard facing, build-up, buttering; metal spaying
processes; soldering, brazing and braze welding.

Module 3: Welding positions and welding conditions 7

Processes and conditions for welding in down hand or flat, horizontal, vertical and
overhead positions; Welding in wind; welding at low ambient temperatures; welding
in vacuum; welding in space; underwater welding processes.

Module 4: Residual stress, weld design, and pre/post heat treatments 9

Principle of residual stress, types of residual stress, methods of identifying residual

and the stress reliving methods. Numerical problems in residual stresses; principle
of distortions, types of distortion, methods of the eliminating distortion.

Types of welded joints, design of butt joints, lap joints, eccentrically loaded joints,
welding symbols, estimation of preheat temperature and post heat temperature.

Module 5: Weldability of specific materials and welding applications 8

Weldability of carbon steels, stainless steels, high alloy steels, cast iron, aluminium,
copper and titanium; Application of welding in automobile industries, aerospace
industries, ship building industries; concept of robotized welding and welding
automation

Textbooks:
1. R .L. Little, Welding and Welding Technology, Tata McGrawHill[T1]
2. R.S. Parmar, Welding Processand Technology, Khanna Publishers[T2]
3. O.P. Khanna, Welding Technology, Dhanpat Rai Publication [T3]
Reference books:
1. H.B.CaryandS.C.Helzer,ModernWeldingTechnology,Pearson/PrenticeHall.[R1]
2. J.Lawrence,AdvancesinLaserMaterialsProcessing2e,WoodheadPublishing/Elsevier.[R2]
3. WeldingHandbook,9thed.,Vol.2,WeldingProcesses.AmericanWeldingSociety.[R3]

Gaps in the syllabus(to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/ Design:

Welding of polymers and composites, Simulation of welding process

POsmetthroughTopicsbeyondsyllabus/Advancedtopics/Design:POs1-4,12

Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √

CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids √
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment-
Assessment Tool %Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation %Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 +10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination %Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
Quiz1 √ √
Quiz2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √
 Indirect Assessment–

1. Student Feedback on Faculty

2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes(Cos) onto Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs):
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3

1:Slight(Low)2: Moderate(Medium)3:Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes(Cos)and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1,CD2, CD3, CD6
CO2 CD1,CD2, CD3, CD6
CO3 CD1,CD2, CD3, CD6
CO4 CD1,CD2, CD3, CD6
CO5 CD1,CD2, CD3, CD6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 351 (Program Elective -II)
Course title: Finite Element Methods
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L: 3, T: 0, P: 0
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive treatment on finite element methods.

2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in the fields of stress, strain, including the
design aspects.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of various mathematical techniques to solve the
problems.
4 To be able to understand and tackle various problems under different loading conditions.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 To understand the fundamentals of Finite Element Methods.

CO2 To develop an intuitive understanding of finite element techniques by emphasizing the
engineering arguments.
CO3 To apply the finite element methods for solving differential equations arising in solid and
fluid mechanics.
CO4 To evaluate the stresses, strains in real-world examples related to mechanical
engineering
CO5 To analyze the strength of the mechanical members.
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour

Module –I 7

Overview of Engineering systems: Continuous and discrete systems. Introduction to

finite element method.

Module –II 11

Energy methods: Variational principles and weighted residual techniques (least

square method, collocation, sub-domain collocation, Galerkin method) for one-
dimensional equation, Rayleigh-Ritz Formulation.

Module – III 9

Energy methods: Variational principles and weighted residual techniques (least

square method, collocation, sub-domain collocation, Galerkin method) for one-
dimensional equation, Rayleigh-Ritz Formulation.

Module – IV 9

Finite elements for two-dimensions: Equivalence between energy formulation and

Galerkin approach, discretization concepts, choice of elements, derivation of
element shape functions (Lagrangian and Hermite) in physical coordinates, Iso-
parameteric mapping, numerical integration.

Module –V 9

Generate shape function and natural coordinates, solving finite element problems
using code/software.

Textbooks:

T1. S.S. Rao, The Finite Element Method in Engineering, 5th Ed., Butterworth-Heinemann, 2012.

T2. T.R. Chandrupatla, A.D. Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, 3rd Ed., PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2002.

T3. R.D. Cook, D.A. Malkus, M.E. Plesha, R.J. Witt, Concepts and Applications of finite element
analysis, John Wiley & Sons, 4th edition, 2002.

Reference books:
R1. D.L. Logan, A First Course in Finite Element Method, Fourth Ed., Cengage Learning, 2007.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Implementation of finite element methods in computer codes
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO1 TO PO6 & PO9

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

NA

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1 TO PO6

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 - - 1 2 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 2 2 - 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 - - 2 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery methods Course Outcome Course Delivery Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL
CD8 materials and internets CO-1-5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 353(Program Elective -II)

Course title: Computational Fluid Dynamics
Pre-requisite(s): ME 203: Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

The primary objective of the course is to introduce the basic aspect of numerical approach of flow
problems. It would cover issues like representation of mathematical formula; classification of flow
problem; approximating it and its stability analysis.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Outline the governing equations.

CO2 Examine and Analysis of classification of PDE.

CO3 Analyze and formulate finite difference approximations.

CO4 Extent and formulate numerical schemes.

CO5 Evaluate applicability of numerical schemes.

 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour

Module –I 9

Governing equations; conservative and non-conservative forms of equations; models

of flow.

Module –II 9

Mathematical classification of Partial differential equations; Elliptic, Parabolic and

hyperbolic equations; linear and non-linear PDE; initial and boundary conditions.

Module – III 9

Basic aspects of discretization: finite difference approximations by forward,

backward and central differencing up to fourth order accuracy.

Module – IV 9

Consistency analysis; linearization; Explicit and Implicit Schemes, Error analysis.

Module –V 9

Stability Analysis: Discrete Perturbation Stability Analysis; Von-Newmann Stability

Analysis, Case study on Lid Driven Cavity problem.

Textbooks:

1. Computational Fluid Dynamics – The Basics with Applications (J. D. Anderson Jr.)
2. Computational Fluid Dynamics (J. D. Anderson)
Reference books

1. Computational Fluid Dynamics – Principles and Applications (J. Blazek)

2. Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows (C. Hirsch)
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
Finite Volume approach
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO2, PO5, PO6 and PO10

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Numerical approach for Incompressible, compressible flows

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO2, PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7 and PO12

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO (1-5) CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO (1-5) CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets CO (1-5) CD8
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 355(Program Elective -III)
Course title: Advanced Solid Mechanics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

To acquaint with the solution of advanced problems in mechanics of materials that are
generally considered beyond the scope of basic course in the discipline.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Outline the basic concepts of three –dimensional stress and strain as well as three-
dimensional Mohr’s circle.
CO2 Analyze beam-column structure and column with energy methods
CO3 Analyze the stresses resulting from asymmetrical bending of straight beam and curved
beams
CO4 Evaluate the torsion problems of non- circular bars.
CO5 Apply the concept of thermal elastic stress strain relation
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module –I 9
Review of basic concepts and equations in mechanics; Theory of 3D stress;
Equilibrium equations in different types of coordinate systems; Stress
transformation; Mohr’s circle for stress in three dimensions; Principal stresses;
Boundary conditions; Theory of 3D Strains; Strain transformation; Compatibility
equations; Generalized Hooke’s law.
Module –II 8
Concept of elastic stability; Introduction to Beam-column: Equations, Beam-column
with several concentrated loads, Beam-column with end couple; Buckling of
columns by energy method, approximate calculation of critical load by energy
method; Columns with variable cross sections.

Module – III 8
Pure bending; Asymmetrical bending of straight beams; Inelastic bending of beam;
Plastic bending; Plastic hinge; Plastic analysis of beams.

Module – IV 8
Torsion of circular shaft; Torsion of bars of any cross-section; St. Venant’s theory;
Prandtl’s method; Solutions for circular and elliptical cross-sections; Torsion of
rectangular bar; Torsion of thin-walled tubes.
Module –V 9
Thermal stress; Thermo elastic stress-strain relations; Analysis of stress in thin
circular disks with symmetrical temperature variation, long circular cylinder when
temperature is symmetrical about the axis, Spheres with purely radial temperature
variation, curved beam due to thermal loading.

Textbooks:

1. Advanced Mechanics of Solid by L.S. Srinath, Tata Mc-Graw-Hill.

2. Advanced Mechanics of Materials by Richard J. Schmidt and Arthur P. Boresi, Wiley.
3. Mechanics of Materials by James M. Gere and Stephen P. Timoshenko, C B S Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:

1. Theory of Elastic stability by S. Timoshenko & G. H. Gere.

2. Introduction to Solid Mechanics by I.H. Shames, J. M. Pitarresi, Prentice-Hall

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Airy’s Stress function, Solution of Axisymmetric problems
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO1 TO PO5

Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Analysis of composite material

POs met through Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1 TO PO5
Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 377(Program Elective -III)
Course title: Mechatronics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T: 0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:
1 To present a comprehensive treatment on Mechatronics and Real time interfacing.
2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in the fields of sensors, actuators and digital
technologies
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of various microcontrollers and automated systems
for system design
4 To be able to understand and tackle various problems of conventional approach to design
and solve case studies with robotics and automation

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Understand the importance of mechatronics and its application in real world.
CO2 To know for the latest design considerations and concepts in new products
CO3 Analyze different systems and take challenges to design newer technology
CO4 Able to understand the different components like drives and sensors
CO5 Outline the concepts changes done and what are the needs and advantages of
implementing Mechatronics.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction: Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in manufacturing products
and design, Review of fundamentals of electronics, Gates and K map Minimization,
JK Flip Flop

Module –II 8
Signal Conditioning: Mechatronics elements, Data Conversion Devices, Sensors and
transducers, Microsensors, Signal processing Devices, Relays, Comparators, Filters,
Timers, Transfer Systems, PLC’s programming
Module – III 8
Processors Controllers and Drives: Microprocessors, Microcontrollers, Drives,
Linear motion bearings, cams and ball screws, PID controllers, Closed Loop and
Open loop
Module - IV 8
Actuators: Servo motors, Stepper motors, Hydraulic actuators, Flow, Pressure and
Direction control valves, Pneumatic Actuators, Distribution and conditioning of
Compressed air, system components and graphic representations
Module –V 10
CNC Technology and Robotics: CNC Machines and Part programming, Real time
Systems, Industrial Robotics, Case Studies

Text book:

1. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement System by David G. Alciatore, Michael B.

Histamd, McGraw Hill.
2. Mechatronics by Bolton, Pearson Education

Reference books:
1. Mechatronics System Design by Devdas and Shetty, Pearson Education
2. CNC TECHNOLOGIES BY HMT LTD MGH

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

 Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 - - 1 2 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 2 2 - 2 3 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 - - 2 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO 1-5 CD5
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets CO3, CO5 CD8
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE 318(Program Elective -III)
Course title: Rapid Prototyping and Tooling
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course enables the students to:
1 Understand technology used in rapid prototyping and tooling.
2 Recognize importance of rapid prototyping in advance manufacturing process.
3 Acquireknowledge,techniquesandskillstoselectrelevantrapidprototypingandtoolingprocess
.
4 Comprehendthepotentialofrapidprototypingandtoolingindifferentindustrialsectors.

5 Illustrated3Dprinting technology for Rapid prototyping and tooling

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Explain rapid prototyping and tooling for manufacturing complex geometries.
CO2 Identify and solve problems related to rapid prototyping and tooling.
CO3 Select suitable process and materials for rapid prototyping and tooling
CO4 Distinguish technique of CAD and reverse engineering for geometric
transformation in rapid prototyping and tooling.
CO5 Determinepartorientation,applysuitableslicingalgorithmandgeneratetoolpathforminimum
build time.

SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour

8
Module 1: Introduction
Evolution, basic principle, concept, procedure and need of rapid prototyping and
tooling, Classification of rapid prototyping and tooling processes
(Additive/Subtractive/Deformative), Classifications of materials used for Rapid
prototyping and tooling, Industrial applications of rapid prototyping and tooling,
most commonly used processes for rapid prototyping.
Module 2: Processes used for rapid prototyping and tooling 8

Stereolithography Apparatus (SLA), Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM), Selective

Deposition Lamination (SDL), Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Ultrasonic
Consolidation, Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS), Electron Beam Free Form
Fabrication (EBFFF), Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Electron Beam Melting
(EBM).

Convectional Tooling vs Rapid Tooling, Classification of Rapid Tooling, Direct and

Indirect rapid tooling methods.

Module 3: CAD for rapid prototyping and tooling 8

Preparation of 3D-CAD model in STL format, Reverse engineering, Reconstruction

of 3D- CAD model using reverse engineering, Part orientation and support
generation, STL Conversion, STL error diagnostics, Slicing and generation of codes
for tool path.
Module 4: Constructions of manipulator systems for rapid prototyping and 8
tooling

Axes, Linear motion guide ways, Ball screws, Motors, Bearings, Encoders/ Glass
scales, Process Chamber, Safety interlocks, Sensors, Energy delivery systems,
Material delivery systems.

Module 5: Post processing in rapid prototyping and tooling 8

Support material removal, Surface texture improvement, Accuracy improvement,

Aesthetic improvement, Property enhancements using non-thermal and thermal
techniques.

Textbooks:
1. Chua C.K.,LeongK.F.,andLimC.S.,“Rapidprototyping:Principlesandapplications”,Third
Edition, World Scientific Publishers, 2010.[T1]
2. Gebhardt A., “Rapidprototyping”,HanserGardenerPublications,2003.[T2]
3. Ian Gibson, “Software Solutions for Rapid Prototyping”, Professional Engineering Publishing
Limited, UK, 2002.[T3]

Reference books:
1. LiouL.W.andLiouF.W.,“RapidPrototypingandEngineeringapplications:Atoolboxfor prototype
development”, CRC Press,2007.[R1]
2. KamraniA.K.andNasrE.A.,“RapidPrototyping:Theoryandpractice”,Springer,2006.[R2]
3. HiltonP.D.andJacobsP.F.,“RapidTooling:TechnologiesandIndustrialApplications”,CRC
press,2000.[R3]

Gaps in the Syllabus(to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

Rapid Freeze Prototyping

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

POs1,2,5

Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

Rapid Tooling Injection Molded Prototypes

POs met through Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

POs1,8,12
Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √

CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment-

Assessment Tool %Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation %Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 +10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination %Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
Quiz1 √ √
Quiz2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment–

1. Student Feedback on Faculty

2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) on to Program Outcomes(POs) and Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs):

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome (PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 1 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
CO2 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO3 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 3
1:Slight(Low)2: Moderate(Medium)3:Substantial (High)
Mapping Between Course Outcomes(Cos) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO2 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO3 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO4 CD1,CD2, CD6
CO5 CD1,CD2, CD6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME367 (Program Elective -III)
Course title: Industrial Tribology
Pre-requisite(s): - NIL
Co- requisite(s): - NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students to:

1 Understand of basic principles of tribology and its role in engineering.

2 Apply concepts of wear, friction and lubrication for industrial significance and economic
aspects.
3 Understand in detail necessity of tribology and lubrication in real world.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Describe role of tribology in engineering.

CO2 Analysis of contact surfaces phenomenon and friction.

CO3 Identification of wear type and quantification.

CO4 Description and understanding of lubrication mechanisms.

CO5 Implementation of industrial applications of tribology and lubrication.

 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour

Module -I 7

Tribology

Introduction and historical background, nature of engineering surfaces, Role of

tribology in MEMS/NEMS, factors influencing tribological phenomena.
Engineering surfaces- Surface characterization, Computation of surface parameters,
Surface measurement techniques, Introduction to micro and nano tribology,
Industrial significance and economic aspects.

Module –II 8

Contact of engineering surfaces

Hertzian and non-hertzian contact. Contact pressure and deformation in non-

conformal contacts, Genesis of friction, friction in contacting rough surfaces, sliding
and rolling friction, Various laws and theory of friction. Atomic scale
understanding of friction, Surface forces (van der Waals, electrostatic, hydrogen
bonding etc.), stick-slip phenomenon, friction anisotropy.

Module – III 7

Wear

Wear and wear types, Mechanisms of wear - Adhesive, abrasive, corrosive, erosion,
fatigue, fretting, etc., Wear of metals and non-metals. Wear models - asperity
contact, constant and variable wear rate, geometrical influence in wear models, wear
damage, wear controlling techniques.
Module - IV 9

Lubrication

Lubricant composition, lubricant types, physical and chemical properties, effect of

temperature and pressure on viscosity, additive role and types, elements of
lubrication, Lubrication regimes- Boundary Lubrication, Mixed Lubrication, Hydro
dynamic lubrication.

Module –V 11

Industrial applications

Solution of tribological problems and recent developments, an overview of

engineering materials having potential for tribological application, rolling element
bearings, gears, crank shafts, piston rings, cylinder liners etc.
Textbooks

1. M. Hutchings, Tribology: Friction and Wear of Engineering Materials, Edward Arnold, 1992.
2. K. C. Ludema, Friction, Wear, Lubrication: A Textbook in Tribology, CRC Press, 1996.
3.R. D. Arnell, P. Davies, J. Halling, and T. Whomes, Tribology Principles and Design Applications,
MacMillan, 1991.

Reference Books
1. G Bayer, Mechanical wear prediction and prevention- Marcel Dekkar. Inc., New York.
2. B. Bhushan, Principles and Applications of Tribology, Willey –IEEE, 1999.
3. P. Sahoo. Industrial Tribology, Tata McGraw Hill.

Web links
1. www.tribology-abc.com
2. www.ltu.se/tfm/me
3. www.skf.com
4. www.statoillubricants.com
5. www.stle.org
6. www3.imperial.ac.uk/tribology

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation ProcedureDirect Assessment

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment
1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 1

CO4 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 1

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 1

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
Course Course delivery
CD Course delivery methods outcome method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO1-5 CD1

CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2

CD3 Seminars - -

CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -

CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -

CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -

CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -

Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and

CD8 internets - -

CD9 Simulation - -
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 392(Open Elective -II)
Course title: Renewable Energy Sources
Pre-requisite(s): - NIL
Co- requisite(s): - NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1. To understand the difference between the non-renewable energy system and the renewable energy
systems
2. To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in the fields of renewable energy sources
3. To develop an intuitive understanding of the applications of different renewable energy sources
like solar, wind, biomass, ocean thermal, geothermal etc.
4. To understand the working principles related to different renewable energy systems

5. To understand state of art renewable energy system used in industrial application.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Outline the various sources of energy

CO2 Understand the working principle of different solar thermal energy systems and Photo-
voltaic system

CO3 Understand the working principle of wind energy conversion system

CO4 Demonstrate the working principles of different biomass system

CO5 Understand the working principles and applications of different renewable energy
sources like solar, wind, biomass, ocean thermal, geothermal etc.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8

Introduction, Importance of Energy Consumption as Measure of Prosperity, Per

Capita Energy Consumption, Needs of renewable energy, Classification of Energy
Resources, Conventional Energy Resources - Availability and their limitations;
Non-Conventional Energy Resources – Classification, Advantages, Limitations,
Comparison of Conventional and Non-Conventional Energy Resources, World
Energy Scenario, Indian Energy Scenario.
Module –II 8
Introduction, Solar Radiation, Solar Constant, Basic Sun-Earth Angles, Solar
Radiation Geometry and its relation, Measurement of Solar Radiation, Principle of
Conversion of Solar Radiation into Heat, Collectors, (Flat Plate and Concentrating
Collectors), Solar Water Heaters , Solar Cookers , Solar driers, Solar Still, Solar
Furnaces, Solar Green Houses. Solar Photovoltaic, Solar Cell fundamentals,
characteristics, classification, construction of module, panel and array. Solar PV
Systems (stand-alone and grid connected), Solar PV Applications.
Module – III 8
Introduction, Wind and its Properties, History of Wind Energy, Wind Energy
Scenario – World and India. Basics of lift and drag, Basic principles of Wind
Energy Conversion Systems (WECS), Classification of WECS, Parts of WECS,
Derivation for Power in the wind, Electrical Power Output and Capacity Factor of
WECS, Wind site selection consideration, wind farm, Advantages and
Disadvantages of WECS.

Module - IV 8
Introduction, Photosynthesis process, Biomass fuels, Biomass conversion
technologies, Urban waste to Energy Conversion, Biomass Gasification, Biomass to
Ethanol Production, Biogas production from waste biomass, factors affecting biogas
generation, types of biogas plants, energy plantation, Biomass program in India.
Module –V 8
Tidal Energy, Principle of Tidal Power, Components of Tidal Power Plant,
Classification of Tidal Power Plants. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC),
Principle of OTEC system, Methods of OTEC power generation – Open Cycle
(Claude cycle), Closed Cycle (Anderson cycle). Geothermal Energy, Resources of
geothermal energy, Hydrogen and Storage, Fuel Cell Systems, Hybrid Systems.

Textbooks:
1. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford University
Press, U.K., 1996.
2. Rai. G.D., “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Twidell, J.W. & Weir, A., “Renewable Energy Sources”, EFN Spon Ltd., UK, 2006.

Reference books:
1. Sukhatme. S.P., “Solar Energy”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi,
1997.
2. Tiwari. G.N., Solar Energy – “Fundamentals Design, Modelling& Applications”, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
3. Freris. L.L., “Wind Energy Conversion Systems”, Prentice Hall, UK, 1990.
 4. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics, “Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”,
PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
1. Application of various energy heat storage in various renewable energy systems.
2. Application of state of art solar cells in various industrial applications.
3. Applications of geothermal energy in solar desalination system.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: 1-4, 7, 11, and 13

Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

1. Design and Optimization of Hybrid PV-Wind Renewable Energy
2. Projected impacts of climate change on wind energy density in India.
3. Submerged PV Solar Panel for Swimming Pools.
POs met through Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: 1-4, 7, 11, and 13

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
2 2

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery Method

Code Outcome Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects CO4 CD1, CD2, CD5, & CD8
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO5 CD1, CD2 & CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials
and Internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course Code: ME 393 (Open Elective -II))

Course Title: Elements of Hydel and Thermal Power Plants
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: FIFTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course envisions imparting the students to:

1 Classify different types of hydel power plants

2 Solve and correlate different measurements needed in the designing of hydel power plants
3 Demonstrate different types of steam generators and its components
4 Familiarize with different coal handling systems
5 Analyze and solve various problems in draught systems

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand the concept of power generation by hydro energy.
CO2 Analyze the various measurements required in designing of hydel power plants

CO3 Understand the types, components, and auxiliaries of the steam generators

CO4 Understand the major systems of a coal handling facility from coal delivery to
the generating units

CO5 Analyze the draught systems and classify different types of condensers
 SYLLABUS

MODULE Lectures/hour

Module – I 8
Hydel Power plants:

Introduction, Classification of Hydropower plants, Pump Storage power plants,

Combine Hydro and Steam turbine Power Plants, essential features of Hydro-
electric power plants.

Module – II 8
Components of Hydro- electric power plants: Hydraulic turbines, draft tube,
Surge Tanks.
Run- off measurements, Hydrograph and Flow duration curve, Mass curve.

Module – III 8
Thermal Power Plants:

General layout of thermal power plant, Site selection, Major components.

Steam Generators: Boiler mounting and accessories, Different types of super-
heaters, Re-heaters, economizers, Air preheaters, Methods of superheat control,
Corrosion in boilers and its prevention.

Module – IV 8
Coal & Ash Handling Systems:

Coal handling storage of coal, Burning systems, Pulverized fuel handling systems,
Unit and central systems, Pulverized mills- ball mill, Bowl mill, Ball &race mill,
Impact or hammer mill, Pulverized coal burners, Oil burners. Necessity of ash
disposal with respect to state and central pollution control rules, Mechanical,
Hydraulic, pneumatic and steam jet ash handling system, Dust collection and its
disposal, Mechanical dust collector, Electrostatic precipitator.

Module – V 8
Condensers and Cooling Towers:
Types of condensers, sources of air in condenser, Effects of air leakage, Necessity
of cooling towers, Types of cooling
towers.
Draught System:
Natural draught- estimation of height of chimney, Maximum
discharge, Condition, Forced, Induced and balanced draught, Power requirement
by fans.

Textbooks:

1. Power Plant Engineering: by Arora & Domkundwar, Dhanpatrai Publication (2016).

 2. Power Plant Engineering by P. K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
(2017).
3. Power Plant Engineering by P.C. Sharma, S.K. Kataria & Sons (2015).

Reference Books:

1. Power Plant Engineering: by F.T. Morse. Van Nostrand Reinhold; 3rd edition (1953).
2. Power Plant Technology: by M.M.E. Wakil, McGrawHill Publication (1988).

Gaps in the Syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Analysis of various components of thermal and hydel power plants

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

PO1 TO PO5

Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Design various components of thermal and hydel power plants

POs met through Topics beyond Syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1 TO PO5

Course Delivery Methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments

Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids

Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training

Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internet

Simulation

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment –
1.Student Feedback on Faculty
 2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 2 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 3 1 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 2 1 3 3 1 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 1 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation - -
6th SEMESTER
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 311
Course title: Computer Aided Design
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 2, T:0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 02
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1. To understand the fundamentals of computer aided design.

2. To generate the Synthetic Curves.
3. To learn transformation techniques for design and drawing of mechanical parts.
4 To develop skills for solid modelling.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand the concept of solid modeling and transformation techniques.

CO2 Understand how to transfer data in CAD system.
CO3 Apply the knowledge to generate surface patches, synthetic surfaces.
CO4 Understand how to generate different curves.
CO5 Apply the knowledge for solid modelling.

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 5
Introduction to CAD; Product life cycle; Input/output devices; Different Coordinate
systems; Basic features available in CAD systems; 3D Modeling and viewing; Modeling
aids and tools offered by CAD systems.
Module –II 5
Representation of lines, curves; Line and Curve generation algorithm: DDA,
Bresenham’s algorithms.
Module – III 5
Analytic Curves; Synthetic Curves: Concept of continuity, cubic spline curve,
Bezier curve, B-Spline curve and NURBS.
Module - IV 5
Geometric Transformations; Translation, Scaling, Reflection, Rotation, Mappings of
Geometric Models; Projections, Animations.
Module –V 5
Introduction to assembly modeling, IGES, STEP & DXF data exchange format
Text books:
1. Mastering CAD/CAM by Ibrahim Zeid, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. CAD/CAM Principles and Applications by P.N. Rao, Tata McGraw-Hill

Reference books:
1. CAD/CAM: Computer Aided design and Manufacturing by Mikell Groover and Zimmer,Pearson
Education
2. Computer Graphics by Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. Delhi

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 - - 1 2 - 1 1 - - 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 2 2 - 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 - - 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1, CD2 ,
CD5,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD1, CD2
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO1-5 CD1, CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets CO1-5
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 305
Course title: Automobile Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T:0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To know the basics of automobile in general

2 To understand the working of different automotive systems and subsystems
3 To update the latest developments in automobiles

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Practically identify different automotive system and subsystem.

CO2 Understand the principles of electrical, transmission, suspension, steering and braking
system of an automobile
CO3 Develop a strong base for understanding the current and future developments in the
automobile industry

SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Automotive Electrical and Electronics System: Introduction to electrical system, Battery
and Cranking Motor, The charging circuit, the starting and ignition system,
Electronically assisted ignition system, Capacitive discharge ignition, Distributor-less
ignition, Sensors and applications in automobiles, Pressure sensors, temperature
sensors, Position sensors, Lambda sensors, Air flow sensors, Knock sensors, Actuators,
Solenoids, stepper motors.
Module –II 8
Mechanics of Motor Vehicle: Power for propulsion, rolling, air and grade resistance,
traction and tractive effort, road performance curves, Acceleration, gradeability and
draw par pull , calculation of maximum acceleration, maximum tractive effort and
reactions for different drives.
Module – III 8
Power Transmission Systems: General Arrangement of clutch, friction clutch, gear box,
torque transmission. Fluid flywheel, sliding, constant and synchromesh type gear box,
epicyclic gear box, live axle transmission, rear engine vehicles, type of axles, axle less
transmissions, four wheel drive, torque converter, turbo transmitter converter, automatic
transmission, Borg-Warner transmission, Automatic control.
Module - IV 8
Drive Lines, Brakes and tyres: Universal Joint, Propeller shaft, Live rear axle, final
drive, torque reaction, thrust systems, differentials, wheel bearing, front Axle and rear
axle, Steering Mechanism and carriage unit, primary construction, Ackerman linkage,
centre point steering, Axle construction, wheel alignments, independent and dead axle
suspension, frame design, types and action of springs and dampers, chassis lubrication,
Brakes, functions and methods of operation, types, linkages, hydraulic mechanism servo
and power brakes, types of tyres and tubes.
Module –V 8
Modern Technology and Microprocessors in Automobiles: Introduction to hybrid
vehicles, components, applications, Introduction to electrical components used in hybrid
and electric vehicles, configurations, introduction to energy storage requirements in
hybrid and electric vehicles, battery based energy storage, fuel cell based energy
storage, hybridization of different energy storage devices, Microprocessor and
Microcomputer controlled devices in automobiles, instrument cluster, Voice warning
system, travel information system, keyless entry system.

Text books:
T1. Automotive Mechanic by W.H. Course.
T2. Automotive Mechanics by Heitner.
T3. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design and Fundamental by Iqbal Hussein
T4. Modern Electrical Equipment of Automobiles by Judge A.W

Reference books :
R1. The Motor Vehicles by D.S. Newton and Steeds.
R2. Fundamental of motor vehicle technology by Hillier and Peter Coobes.
R3. Propulsion System for Hybrid Vehicle by John M. Miller.
R4. Automotive Electrical Equipments by Kohli P L

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

 Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-3 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-3 CD2
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD3
CD4 Mini projects/Projects -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 307
Course title: Robotics Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive and rigorous treatment of different robot types.

2 To lay the mathematical background which is required to understand the mechanical design
of different industrial robots used in modern industry.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of the limitations of various robots and its safe
handling.
4 To present real world engineering examples to demonstrate how a robot system is applied in
engineering practice.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

Outline the design of various industrial robotic systems and build up the foundation for
CO1
understanding its mechanical design.
CO2 Acquire and apply the knowledge of forward and inverse kinematics to serial robot
system and develop schemes to implement various space trajectories.
CO3 Analyse forward and inverse dynamics of serial chain robotic system and obtain its
equation of motion.
CO4 Evaluate inverse kinematic transformations for parallel robot platforms and understand
the working of aerial and wheeled robots.
Create or analyse standard industrial robot designs and understand advanced techniques
CO5 used in industrial robotic applications like system identification, force control, and
redundant degrees-of-freedom robotic systems.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction to Robotics Engineering. Degrees of Freedom for Open and Closed loop
systems, Serial robot kinematics: Transformation matrices and homogeneous
coordinates, Composite rotation matrix, Rotation about an arbitrary axis, Euler angle
representation. Links, Joints and their parameters, Denavit-Hartenberg representation,
Forward kinematics.
Module –II 9
Inverse kinematics of serial robot: Geometrical and Algebraic Approach. Velocity
analysis: Jacobian matrix, Acceleration analysis. Role of Jacobian in robot Statics.
Gravity compensation. Trajectory planning: Cartesian and Joint space trajectories,
Cubic, cosine, quintic and cycloidal trajectories, Path primitives: Line and Circle in
space, Point to point and Continuous path trajectories.
Module – III 8
Dynamics of serial robots: Lagrange-Euler formulation, Newton Euler approach,
Motion equations of a manipulator. Inverse and Forward dynamics approaches.
Module - IV 9
Parallel robot structures, Inverse kinematics of parallel robots, 3-RPS, 6-RPS and 6-
RUS structures. Forward kinematics of parallel robot approaches, Introduction to
Wheeled mobile robot and Ariel robot subsystems.
Module –V 8
Classical Industrial robot systems, PUMA, and SCARA configurations, Robotic system
integration, Industrial applications of robotics: Case studies. Advanced concepts:
Compliant structures and Force control applications, Redundant systems and associated
challenges, System Identification.

Text books:
T1. Subir Kumar Saha, Introduction to Robotics, TMH, New Delhi, 2014.
T2. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics, Pearson Education, 2011.
T3. J. P. Marlett, Parallel Robots, Springer, 2006.

Reference books:
R1. Dilip K. Pratihar, Fundamentals of Robotics, Narosa Publishing House, 2016.
R2. KS Fu, C. S. G Lee, R. Gonzalez, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, McGraw-Hill
Education, 1987.
R3. Bruno Siciliano and OussamaKhatib, Handbook of Robotics, Springer, 2016.
R4. Saeed B. Niku, An Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems, Applications, Prentice-Hall, 2001.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment:

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

 Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO 1 – 5
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO 1 – 5
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets
MC 300 SUMMER TRAINING
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 308
Course title: Robotics and Automation Lab.
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0, T: 0, P: 3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To give a hands-on experience in a rigging an industrial pneumatics and electro-pneumatics

circuit.
2 To be acquainted with standard industrial robot, its sub-systems and prepare a demonstration
of a simple programmed task.
3 To create a simple robot simulation using MATLAB / SimMechanics for controlling its
position.

Course Outcomes (CO)

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Understand the technical specification of a robot and extract its kinematic parameters.
CO2 Calibrate and program a standard industrial robot and evaluate its error.
CO3 Select proper components and create a typical pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit.
Understand the various systems required to program a PLC and create a simple
CO4
demonstration.
CO5 Use a simulation tool to analyse the control behaviour of a robot controller.

List of experiments:
1. Introduction to Industrial Robot (KUKA KR5 Arc): Frames, Safety, Teach Pendant, etc.
2. Identification of DH Parameters of KUKA KR5 Arc Robot from Technical Specifications and
physical and software verification using Robo-Analyzer.
3. End-effect or tool calibration and manual/CAD verification.
4. Robot Workspace/Base Calibration.
5. Robot programming for a pick and place operation.
6. Pneumatic Circuit Design for Automated Single Cylinder Reciprocating action.
7. Reciprocating Single Cylinder action using Electro-Pneumatic circuit.
8. Sequential Double Cylinder Reciprocating action using Electro-Pneumatic circuit.
9. PLC: Introduction to Ladder Logic Programming.
10. Programming PLC for Pick and Place Task.
11. Using MATLAB/Sim Mechanics for perform mechanical simulation.
12. Create and simulate a 2R robot in MATLAB/SimMechanics and control its position.
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 -
CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 -
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 -
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 -
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 -
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 310

Course title: Automobile Engineering Lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 (L: 0, T:0, P:3)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To make student familiar with various automobile systems and parts

2 To study of function and operation of various automobile systems and parts

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Understand the procedure to conduct experiments related to automobile systems and
parts
CO2 Understand various parameters influence the performance of the automobile systems
and parts
CO3 Analyze the observations made through experiments
CO4 Apply the knowledge how to perform the experiments in different systems of an
automobile.

List of experiments:
1. To study the construction details and general principles of two- stroke and four stroke CI and SI
engines.
2. To study the fuel system of engines (carburetor and injector, injection pump, fuel pump, MPFI,
SPFI and CRDi).
3. To study the engine lubrication and cooling system.
4. To study the super charging, electrical system and equipment’s of an automobile.
5. To study the clutch, gearbox, torque converters.
6. To study the universal joint, back axle construction, propeller shaft and differential.
7. To study the mechanical hydraulic Servo and power operated braking systems.
8. To study the front axle, steering geometry and wheel alignment of a 4 wheel vehicle.
9. To study the springs, torsion bars, independent suspension and shock absorbers (coil leaf and
dampers).
10. To study the tyres and wheel balancing.
11. Performance of a power steering system.
12. To study the charging and ignition system of an automobile.
13. Assembly and disassembly of 6-cylinder Diesel engine.
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 -
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 2 -
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 363( Program Elective-IV)

Course title: Vehicle Dynamics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To understand longitudinal, lateral and vertical dynamics of vehicle

2 To construct mathematical models for the analysis of vehicle motion
3 To analyse kinematics and dynamics of tyres
4 To design vehicle with less noise and vibration
5 To evaluate handling of vehicles

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Demonstrate various principles related to motion of the vehicle

CO2 Design tyres and other vehicle components
CO3 Evaluate handling of vehicle
CO4 Construct mathematical models for different motions of vehicle
CO5 Evaluate forces, moments and kinematic quantities involved in the motion of vehicle

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 7
Longitudinal dynamics: An introduction to vehicle dynamics, Vehicle Load
Distribution – Acceleration and Braking -Brake Force Distribution, Braking Efficiency
and Braking Distance - Longitudinal dynamics of a Tractor-Semi Trailer.
Module –II 12
Tire mechanics and a simple tire model: An Introduction: Mechanical Properties of
Rubber - Slip, Grip and Rolling Resistance - Tire Construction and Force Development
– Contact Patch and Contact Pressure Distribution, Lateral Force Generation - Ply Steer
and Conicity -Tire Models – Magic Formula - Classification of Tire Models and
Combined Slip.
Module – III 7
Lateral Dynamics: Bicycle Model - Stability and Steering Conditions -Understeer
Gradient and State space Approach – Handling Response of a Vehicle - Mimuro Plot for
Lateral Transient Response - Parameters affecting vehicle handling characteristics.
Module - IV 8
Vehicle Handling and Vertical Dynamics: Subjective and Objective Evaluation of
Vehicle Handling, Rollover Prevention - Half Car Model - Quarter Car Model.
Module –V 8
Vehicle Vibration: Basics of vibration, Lagrange’s method and dissipation function,
Bicycle, car and body pitch mode, Full car vibrating model, Suspension optimization.
Text books:
1. H. B. Pacejka, Tyre and Vehicle Dynamics, Elsevier, 2nd Ed.
2. R. N. Jazar, Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Application, Springer.
3. T. D. Gillespie, Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, Society of Automotive Engineers.
4. K. Popp and W. Schiehlen, Ground vehicle Dynamics, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg.

Reference books:
1. J. Reimpell, H. Stoll, and J. W. Betzler, The Automotive Chassis: Engineering Principles,

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 2 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 1
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME365 (Program Elective-IV)

Course title: Design of Mechanisms
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:O, P:O)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Course Objectives
This course enables the students:

1 To be able to understand the kinematics of planar mechanisms.

2 To synthesize a mechanism graphically and analytically.
3 To analyze the velocity, acceleration, and forces in a mechanism.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand and obtain the mobility of planar and space mechanism.
CO2 Synthesize graphically a four-bar mechanism for motion, path, and function generation
CO3 Synthesize analytically a four-bar mechanism for motion, path, and function generation
CO4 Find the velocity, and accelerations in a mechanism
CO5 Perform the Forces and moment balancing of linkages

SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module-I
Introduction to Mechanisms and number synthesis: Plane and space mechanisms, 8
Equivalent linkage, Mobility and range of movement, Four and six link mechanisms.
Module-II
Kinematic Synthesis: (Graphical methods) Motion generation with two and three
8
prescribed points, Path generation with three and four points, Function generation with
three precession points, The Overlay Method.
Module- III
Kinematic Synthesis: (Analytical Methods) Complex number modelling in kinematic
synthesis, The Dyad, Motion path and function generation with three prescribed points, 8
Freudenstein' s equation for three-point function generation, Loop-closer equation
technique.
Module- IV
Curvature theory: Fixed and moving centrode, Velocity and Acceleration, Inflection 8
points and inflection circles, The Euler-Savary Equation
Module-V
Dynamics of Mechanisms: Kinetostatics using matrix method, Lagrange equation of 8
motion, Force and moment balancing of linkages
Text books:
1. G. N. Sandor and A. G. Erdman, Advanced Mechanism Design: Analysis and Synthesis - Volume
2, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
2. R. S. Hartenberg and J. Denavit, Kinematic Synthesis of Linkages, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
3. A. Ghosh and A. K. Mallik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, East West Press.
Reference book:
1. A. G. Erdman, G. N. Sandor and S. Kota, Mechanism Design: Analysis and Synthesis - Volume 1,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)
Software application in mechanism design.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO1 TO PO5
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
Advanced synthesis of space mechanisms
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
PO1 TO PO5

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √
Quiz (s) √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO
Outcomes 10 11 12
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE324 ( Program Elective-IV)
Course title: Surface Engineering and Laser Additive Manufacturing
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 Understandthescienceandimportanceofsurfaces,surfacedependentpropertiesofengineering
solids
2 Learn about appropriate testing procedures to evaluate surface dependent engineering
properties
3 Acquire fundamentals and practices of various surface engineering techniques to improve
Surface dependent engineering properties of metallic, ceramic and polymeric solids
4 Get familiar with directed energy beam techniques (laser, ion, and electron beams)and in
particular laser assisted surface engineering and material processing
5 Develop an understanding of laser assisted additive manufacturing techniques and its
application

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Classify and relate various surface degradation and surface-initiated failure
mechanisms of engineering solids occurring under different service conditions.
CO2 Analyze the importance, relative advantages and limitations and overall scope
Of application of various surface engineering methods
CO3 Compare and contrast different surface modification and coating technologies from
various perspectives of applicability, economy, efficiency, and scopes of further
improvement
CO4 Analyze real life surface failure problems(case studies) and prescribe the correct
surface engineering solution
CO5 Explore the applications potential of laser additive manufacturing of engineering
Components, flexibility, advantages, limitations, current status and future developments
awaited
 SYLLABUS

Module Hours
Module-I: Structure of Solids; Surface Dependent Engineering Properties
Introduction to structure of solids: structure, morphology, energy, types and
classification. Surface dependent engineering properties: physical, chemical and 4
mechanical–their definition, origin and importance.

Module-II: Mechanisms of Surface Degradation and Failures [8]

Common surface-initiated engineering degradation/ failures and their mechanism: wear,
friction, fatigue, corrosion, oxidation.
Importance of surface engineering (SE), Classification and scope of surface engineering 8
of alloys and components, Methods and principles of surface modification of materials;
Strengthening mechanism of engineering materials–metallic and non-metallic.

Module- III: Surface Modification and Surface Coating Techniques

Conventional surface modification methods: shot peening, flame and induction
hardening, carburizing, nitriding, diffusion aided surface alloying Surface coating
techniques by chemical/ electro-chemical routes: electro/ electroless deposition,
16
anodizing, galvanizing, etc.
Surface coating by physical routes: thermal/plasma spray, physical/chemical vapor
deposition, sputtering, etc.

Module- IV: Advanced Surface Modification Techniques

Advanced surface modification methods: laser, plasma, ion and electron beam assisted 6
surface engineering.

Module-V: Laser Additive Manufacturing

Additive manufacturing vis-à-vis subtractive manufacturing, Advantages and challenges,
recent trend and innovation, laser assisted additive manufacturing of polymers, metals 6
and alloys, characterization and testing.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Surface Engineering for Wear Resistances (Introduction and
classification of Wear), By:K.G. Budinski, PrenticeHall, Englewood
Cliffs,1988[T1]
2. CorrosionEngineering(classificationofCorrosion),By:M.G.Fontana,
M.C.GrawHill,N. York, 1987 [T2]
3. Materials Science and Engineering by W.D.Callister
4. Introduction to Surface Engineering and Functionally Engineered
Materials, by Peter Martin, WILEY, 2011
5. Surface Engineering of Metals: Principles, Equipment,
Technologies, by: Tadeusz Burakowski, Tadeusz Wierzchon, CRC
Press, 1988
6. Surface Engineering for Corrosion and Wear Resistance, by J R
Davis, ASM International,2001
 7. Additive Manufacturing by Andreas Gebhardt and Jan-Steffen Hötter,Springer,2016
8. Additive Manufacturing of Metals by John O.Milewski,Springer,2017

Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √

CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures √
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training √
CD6 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO

Assessment
Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

%Distribution
Progressive Evaluation
Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 +10
Assignment 5

End Semester Examination %Distribution

End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √ √
Quiz1 √ √
Quiz2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √
Indirect Assessment
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes(COs) on to Program Outcomes(POs) and Program

Specific Outcomes (PSOs):
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3

1: Slight(Low) 2: Moderate(Medium) 3:Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes(COs) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1,CD2, CD 6
CO2 CD1,CD2, CD 6
CO3 CD1,CD2, CD 6
CO4 CD1,CD2, CD 6
CO5 CD1,CD2, CD 6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME359 (Program Elective-IV)
Course title: Power Plant Engineering
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To have clear understanding of different power plant technologies.

2 To be able to select an appropriate type of plant for given requirement under different
situations.
3 To be able to select the suitable components/equipment/accessories for proper
functioning of power plant
4 To understand the operational requirements and do the economic analysis of power plant.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Classify the different power plants with their applications and future trends.
CO2 Understand the different components of Thermal power plant and evaluate the heat
balance.
CO3 Distinguish between Diesel, Gas Turbine and Hydraulic power plant
CO4 Illustrate the working of nuclear power plants and Nonconventional power plants.
CO5 Analyze the power plant economics and determine the best possible combinations of
power plant, depending on requirement.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction: Principal types of power plants, special features, Advantages and
Limitations. Elements of Modern Power Station, Importance of central power
station, Review of electricity generation and energy scenario in Indian as well as
world context. Application and future trend of developments.
Module –II 8
Thermal Power Plants: Major components, fuels and their properties, storage,
preparation, handling and burning, Ash handling and dust collection, Air pre-heater,
Feed water treatment plants, insulation, Heat balance of power plant, Modern
development in steam boiler.
Module – III 8
Diesel and Gas Turbine Power Plants: Introduction, various system required for
operation of Diesel Power Plant. Components of gas turbine power plant, different
arrangements, optimum design of Gas turbine unit for combined cycle plant,
comparative study of diesel and gas turbine plants.
Hydraulic Power Plants: Different types of hydraulic power plants, rain fall and
run-off measurements and plotting of various curves for estimating power available
with or without storage.
Module - IV 8
Nuclear Power Plants: Nuclear Reactors, Types of reactors, Pressurized water
reactors, boiling heater reactors, Heavy water-cooled and moderated (CANDU)
reactor, Gas-cooled reactors, Liquid metal cooled reactors, Indian Nuclear power
installations.
Non-Conventional Power Plants: Geothermal power plants, Tidal power plants,
Wind power plants, solar power plants
Module –V 10
Combined operation of different power plants: Introduction, Advantages of
combined working, load division between power stations, storage type hydro-
electric power plant in combination with steam plant, Instrumentation and control.
Economic Analysis: Difference between Base load and peak load plants, Different
terms and definitions, Performance and operating characteristics of power plants,
Load division, Tariff method for Electrical Energy.

Text Books:
1. Power Plant Engineering: by F.T. Morse.
2. P. K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
3. Power Plant Technology: by M.M.E. Wakil, McGraw Hill Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Power Plant Engineering: by Arora & Domkundwar, Dhanpatrai Publication
2. Power Plant Engineering: by K.K. Ramalingam, Scitech Publications.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 -
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 -
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME369 ( Program Elective-IV)
Course title: Gas Dynamics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive and rigorous treatment of classical gas dynamics theories and
jet propulsion devices while retaining an engineering perspective.
2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in such fields as analysis of various gas
dynamics and jet propulsion energy conversion systems and to prepare the students to
effectively use gas dynamics and jet propulsion theory in the practice of engineering.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of gas dynamics and jet propulsion by
emphasizing the engineering and engineering arguments.
4 To present a wealth of real world engineering examples to give students a feel for how
gas dynamics and jet propulsion is applied in engineering practice.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Outline the concepts of thermodynamics and fluid flow to gas dynamics and jet
propulsion systems .
CO2 Apply the appropriate fundamental laws of thermodynamics and fluid flow to various
and jet propulsion systems .
CO3 Analyse various gas dynamics and jet propulsion problems.
CO4 Evaluate the performance of various das flow and jet propulsion systems.
CO5 Create design of simple gas flow devices and jet propulsion systems using
conventional methods and modern tools.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Fundamental of Gas Dynamics-energy equation, stagnation state and stagnation
properties, bulk modulus of elasticity, sound velocity, Mach number, Mach angle,
Bernoulli equation, isentropic flow with variable area , flow with variable area in
adiabatic processes, area ratio as a function of Mach number, flow through
convergent nozzles, divergent nozzle, numerical examples
Module –II 8
Flow with Normal Shock Waves- development of a normal shock wave, governing
equations, mach number downstream of the normal shock wave, static pressure
ratio across the shock, temperature ratio across the shock, density ratio across the
shock (or) Rankine-Hugoniot equation, stagnation pressure ratio across the shock,
change in entropy across the shock, impossibility of rarefaction shock wave,
strength of a shock wave, numerical examples.
Module – III
Fanno flow: Fanno curves, Fanno flow equations, solution of Fanno flow equations, 8
variation of flow properties, change of entropy, variation' of mach number with duct
length. Rayleigh flow: Rayleigh line, constant entropy lines, constant enthalpy
lines, general equations in Rayleigh flow process, Rayleigh flow relations, variation
of flow properties, maximum heat transfer. numerical examples.
Module - IV 8
Jet Propulsion: Turbo jet, turbo prop engine, pulse jet engine, entropy relations and
efficiencies of a turbo jet engine, thrust, propulsive, thermal and overall efficiencies,
specific fuel consumption, specific thrust and specific impulse, effect of altitude,
effect of forward speed, thrust augmentation, numerical examples.
Module –V 10
Comparison between air breathing engines and rocket engines, classification of
rocket engines, solid propellant rockets, liquid propellant rockets, hybrid rockets,
mono propellants, fuel, oxidizer, properties of liquid and solid propellants, restricted
burning, thrust and specific impulse, specific propellant consumption, weight flow
coefficient, thrust coefficient, impulse to weight ratio, propulsive, thermal, overall
efficiency, application of rocket engines, numerical examples.

Text books:
T1. Gas Dynamics and Jet Poropulsion, S.L. Somasundaram,, New Age International Publishers.
T2. Aircraft Propulsion and Gas Turbine Engines, Ahmed F. El-Sayed, CRC Press.
T3. Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, S. M. Yahya, New Age International Publishers.
T4. Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, V. Babu, Ane Books India.

Reference books:
R1. Fluid Mechanics, Fundamentals and Applications(S I Unit), Youns A. Cengel and John M.
Cimbala, Tata Mc-Graw Hills Education Pvt. Ltd.
R2. Rocker Propulsion Elements, G. P. Sutton, John Wiley, NY.
R3. Elements of Gas Dynamics, H.W. Liepmann and A. Roshko, Dover Publications, New York.

Online Resources:
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103021/
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106166/
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106056/

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets CO-1-5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 373(Program Elective -V)

Course title: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3, T: 0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive and rigorous treatment of classical fluid power systems.

2 To lay the groundwork to appreciate the fundamental principles, design and operation of
hydraulic and pneumatic components, systems and their application in recent industrial
automation.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of fluid power system by emphasizing the
engineering aspects of such design.
4 To present real world engineering examples to give students a feel for how a fluid power
system is applied in engineering practice.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

Outline the operation of a typical hydraulic and pneumatic systems, its advantages and
CO1 limitations, associated standard components and its types, governing laws and its basic
construction.
CO2 Understand hydraulic control circuits and its components and evaluate its flow,
pressure and losses due to friction.
CO3 Design and analyse hydraulic circuits for various standard applications.
Understand pneumatic control circuits, its components, governing laws and design
CO4 standard circuits for various pneumatic applications. Analyse pneumatic circuits and
estimate for the losses.
Apply the knowledge of logic controllers and create fluid power system circuits using
CO5 PLC, perform troubleshooting of hydraulic and pneumatic circuits safely and know
advanced technologies of modern fluid power systems.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction to hydraulic and pneumatic systems, advantages and limitations,
general layout of components. ISO symbols. Standard tubing sizes. Types of
hydraulic fluids and its properties. Governing laws, Power, energy and flow rate
calculations. Basic types and constructions of hydraulic pumps and actuators.
Module –II 9
Distribution system, Sizing and flow rate requirements, Connectors and couplings.
Basics of hydraulic flow in pipes, Hydraulic circuit analysis, flow and pressure
measurement, losses due to friction. Control components in hydraulic systems,
pressure, flow, direction control valves, Servo valves, Fuses, shock absorbers, and
switches.
Module – III 7
Hydraulic circuit design and analysis, Single and double acting cylinder operation,
regenerative circuit, pump unloading circuit, double pump hydraulic system,
automatic cylinder sequencing, synchronizing and reciprocating circuit, speed
control, braking, transmission systems, Mechanical and Hydraulic servo system.
Module - IV 9
Air preparation and components, Properties of air, Gas laws, Compressors,
Conditioners, control valves, pneumatic actuators, vacuum systems, and
accumulators. Pneumatic circuit design and analysis, energy losses. Electro
pneumatics: control of cylinders using pressure and limit switches, reciprocating,
sequencing, sorting and regenerative circuits. Counting, timing and servo systems.
Module –V 7
Programmable Logic Controllers, Introduction to Boolean algebra, Fluidic devices:
Sensors, and control of fluid power systems, Nozzle flapper systems, stroke reading
cylinders, Moving Part Logic (MPL) control systems, safety, maintenance and
troubleshooting of hydraulic and pneumatic systems, filters, strainers, regulators,
lubricators, reservoir, problems caused due to contamination and wear, air trapping,
and temperature.

Text books:
1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with applications, Pearson Education, 1997.
2. John Watton, Fundamental of Fluid power control, Cambridge University press, 2009.
3. Fluid Power Engineering, M GalalRabie, McGraw Hill, 2009.

Reference books:
1. Andrew Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, A Technician's and Engineer's Guide, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2011
2. Ilango Sivaraman, Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2017.
Sundaram K. Shanmuga, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls, S. Chand, 2006.
3. Majumdar, S.R., “Oil Hydraulics Systems- Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2001
4. Majumdar, S.R., “Pneumatic Systems – Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
5. Srinivasan. R, "Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control", IInd Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill Education
Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1, CD2 ,
CD5,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD1, CD2
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO1-5 CD1, CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets CO1-5
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 375(Program Elective-V)
Course title: Power Gear Train
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T: 0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

A. To identify the speed ratios for a given automobile gearbox.

1 To determine the epicyclic gear trains with number of gears on Sun, ring and planetary
gears in each gear train.
2 To choose gear materials with respect to the service conditions and design by taking into
account tooth load, contact stress and surface durability.
3 To determine the number of gears on main, lay shaft and idler gear shaft and work out the
no of teeth on various gears to provide the desired speed ratios from the given power
source..

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Describe the various parameters of a helical gears, straight Bevel gears, Worm and
Worm wheel set and gearbox.
CO2 Apply the appropriate fundamental laws of gears to find the design tooth load using
factor of safety and effective tooth load using velocity factor and tangential tooth load
CO3 Analyse the number of teeth on various gears to provide the desired speed ratios.
CO4 Evaluate the module of gear-wheel tooth from beam strength and wear strength.
CO5 Create optimum design of a gear box for the given power source to execute the work
after taking into account the virtual number of teeth, tooth load and the different
strength.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 5
Gear Drive: Principle of Transmission and Conjugate Action, Gear Materials, Spur
Gear, Types of Gear Teeth, Beam Strength of Spur Gear, Effective tooth load,
Contact stress and surface Durability
Module –II 5
Helical Gears: Parameters of a Helical Gear, Virtual number of teeth on Helical
Gears, Force components on a tooth of Helical Gear, Different strengths of Helical
Gear tooth.
Module – III 10
Straight Bevel Gears: Bevel Gear basic rack, spiral Bevel gears, Virtual no of teeth,
Force analysis of Bevel gears, beam strength of Bevel gear tooth, wear strength of
Bevel gear tooth, effective tooth load on Bevel gear, Spotts’s Equation for dynamic
tooth load.
Module - IV 10
Worm and Worm Wheel Set: Parameters of Worm gear set, Worm gear proportions,
Force analysis in Worm and wheel set, Effect of rubbing velocity on friction in
Worm wheel drive, Materials, Temperature rise of lubricating, Beam and wear
strengths of worm wheel set.
Module –V 10
Gearbox: Introduction, Resistance to vehicle motion, Types of gearboxes, sliding-
mesh gear box, contact-mesh gearbox, synchromesh gearbox, epicyclic gearbox,
Wilson gearbox, overdrive, five speed sliding mesh gearbox. Spread sheet
applied to the design of Gear train, Gear train diagnostics based on noise and
vibration. Case studies of power gear train in Automobiles & Overhead Cranes.

Text books :
T1. Machine Design by U. C. Jindal.

Reference books:
R 1. Julian Happian-Smith, Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design, Butterworth Heinemann..

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assessment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

 Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets CO-1-5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: PE 348( Program Elective-V)

Course title: Engineering Optimization
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3 T:0 P:0)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to:
1 Learn about various optimization techniques used in Engineering
2 Formulate an Engineering problem in form of an optimization problem
3 Understand specialized problems such as dynamic programming problem
4 Understand the simple and classical methods of solving an engineering optimization
problem
5 Understand some heuristics and metaheuristic approaches for solving the optimization
problems

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will able to:
CO1 Prepare optimization problem formulation from an engineering problem
CO2 Execute simplex method to solve a linear programming problem
CO3 Apply dynamic programming methods to solve a dynamic problem
CO4 Choose a proper optimization technique to solve a non-linear optimization problem
CO5 Understand heuristics and meta-heuristics to solve an optimization problem

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module I: Introduction to optimization and Liner Programming 10
Introduction, Statement of an optimization problem, Classifications, Linear
programming problems: formulation, graphical solution, simplex method, Big M
and Two-phase method.
Module –II Dynamic Programming Problems 6
Introduction and network representation of dynamic programming problem,
Forward and backward recursion method for solution, Mathematical formulation of
dynamic programming recursions.
Module – III 9
Non-Linear Optimization-I – One dimensional optimization methods
Unimodal function, Elimination Methods: Unrestricted search, Exhaustive search,
Dichotomous search, Interval having method, Fibonacci method, Golden section
method, Interpolation Methods: Newton method, Quasi Newton method, Secant
method.
Module – IV Non-Linear Optimization -II – Classical optimization techniques 7
Single variable optimization, Multiple variable optimizations with no constraints,
Multiple variable optimizations with equity constraints, multiple variable
optimization with inequity constraints.
Module –V 8
Reasons for using heuristic and metaheuristic approaches, Types of search
approaches, Steepest Ascent and Steepest Descent method, Local search heuristics:
SWAP, INSERT, genetic crossover, Metaheuristics: Genetic Algorithm, Ant Colony
Optimization, Simulated Annealing.

Textbook:
1. S.S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practise, Wiley-Interscience
Publications.(T1)
2. K. Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design: Algorithms and Examples, PHI publications.
(T2)
Reference Books:
1. Wayne L. Winston, Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, Duxbury Press(R1)
2. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Prentice Hall PTR, Pearson(R2)
Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):
Integer programming, goal programming, multi-objective optimization
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:
POs 1-3, 12
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:
Multi Objective Optimization, Advanced Operations Research
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:
POs 1, 3, 5, 7, 12
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √
CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids √
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation √

Course Evaluation:
Direct Assessment-
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation % Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 + 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination % Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
Quiz 1 √ √
Quiz 2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √
Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) onto Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs):

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 3 2 3
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes (Cos) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6
CO2 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6
CO3 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6
CO5 CD1, CD2, CD3, CD6, CD7
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 361(Program Elective-V)
Course title: Combustion
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T: 0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present an importance of combustion in an engineering perspective.

2 To develop an intuitive understanding of physics of combustion by emphasizing the
engineering and engineering arguments.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Understand the basic concepts of combustion with its thermodynamic approach.
CO2 Analyze the kinetics of combustion.
CO3 Analyze the concept of Flames.
CO4 Analyze the concept of ignition
CO5 Analyze the Combustion Generated Pollution & its Control.

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 9
Introduction: Importance of combustion, combustion equipment hostile fire
problems, pollution problems arising from combustion.
Thermodynamics of Combustion: Enthalpy of formation, enthalpy of reaction,
heating values, first and second law analysis of reacting systems, chemical
equilibrium, equilibrium composition, adiabatic and equilibrium flame temperature.
Module –II 8
Kinetics of Combustion: Law of mass action, reaction rate, simple and complex
reactions, reaction order and molecularity, Arhenius Law, activation energy, Chain
reaction steady state and partial equilibrium approximations. Chain explosion,
Explosion limits and oxidation characteristics of hydrogen, carbon monoxide and
hydrocarbons.
Module – III 9
Flames: Premixed Flames: structure and propagation of flames in homogeneous gas
mixtures; simplified Rankine Hugoniot relations; properties of hugoniot curve;
analysis of deflagration and detonation branches, properties of Chapman Jouguet
wave. Laminar flame structure; theories of flame propagation and calculation of
flame speeds, flame speed measurements. Stability limits of laminar flames;
flammability limits and quenching distance; bumer design. Mechanisms of flame
stabilization in laminar and turbulent flows; flame quenching. Diffusion flames;
comparison of diffusion with premixed flame. Combustion of gaseous fuel jets
Burke and shumann development.
Module - IV 8
Burning of Condensed Phase: General mass burning considerations, combustion
of fuel droplet in a quiescent and convective environment. Introduction to
combustion of fuel sprays.
Ignition: Concepts of ignition, chain ignition, thermal spontaneous ignition, forced
ignition.
Module –V 8
Combustion Generated Pollution & its Control: Introduction, nitrogen oxides
thermal fixation of atmospheric nitrogen prompt NO, thermal NOx formation and
control in combustors Fuel NOx and control , post-combustion destruction of NOx,
Nitrogen dioxide carbon monoxide oxidation -quenching , hydro carbons, sulphur
oxides
Text books:
1. An Introduction to Combustion, concepts and applications by S. R.Turns, McGraw Hill
(2000).
2. Principles of Combustion by K. K. Kuo, John Wiley (2005).
Reference books:
1. Combustion Physics by C.K. Law, Cambridge University Press (2010).
2. Combustion Theory by F.A., Williams Addison Wesley (2007).

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Teacher’s Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

 Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 1 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course Code: ME391 (Open Elective -III)
Course Title: Elements of Nuclear and Diesel Power plants
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L: 3 T: 0 P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:
Course Objectives

This course envisions imparting the students to:

1 Familiarize with nuclear fuels and its various applications.

2 Classify various types of nuclear reactors with its working.
3 Identify and investigate the safety features of nuclear power plants
4 Classify the types of diesel engines and its applications with its auxiliaries.
5 Evaluate the performance of diesel power plants.

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand the applications of nuclear energy and manufacturing of nuclear fuel.
CO2 Develop an understanding of power generation through nuclear energy.
Select the safety features in the nuclear power plants by analyzing past nuclear
CO3
accidents.
CO4 Develop an understanding of power generation through diesel engine power plants
CO5 Analyze various performance parameters of diesel engine power plants.

SYLLABUS
(NO. OF
Module LECTURE
HOURS)
Module – I 8
Introduction To Nuclear Engineering:
Introduction, Various Energy Sources, Why Nuclear power, Medicinal and Societal
applications of Nuclear Energy.
Nuclear fission and Nuclear Fusion, Types of Nuclear Reactions, Initiation of Nuclear
reactions, Nuclear stability, Life of Nuclear Fuel.
Module – II 8
Nuclear Power Plants:
Introduction, Fermi pile Experiment, Major Components of nuclear power plants.
Classifications of Nuclear reactors, Nuclear Breeding, Breeder reactors, Nuclear
Materials.
Module – III 8
Nuclear Safety Systems:
Safety objectives, Shutdown systems in PWR,BWR,PHWR, Reactivity Worth of
shutdown system, Operating Environment, Grouping of safety systems, Heat Removal
systems, Emergency Core Cooling, Containment and subsystem, Site selection and
Rejection criterion.
Module – IV 8
Introduction to Diesel power plants:
Introduction, Applications, Types of Diesel Engines used for Diesel power Plants,
Different Systems of diesel power plants, Supercharging.
Module – V 8
Performance of diesel power plants, Advantages and disadvantages of diesel power
plants over Nuclear and Thermal power plants.

Text books:
1. Nuclear reactor Safety- principles and concept by G. Vaidyanathan, Yes Dee Publishing,
(2017).
2. Power Plant Engineering: by Arora & Domkundwar, Dhanpatrai Publication (2016).
3. Power Plant Engineering by P. K .Nag, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. (2017).

Reference books:
1. Nuclear Reactor Engineering by Samuel Glasstone, CBS Publishers & Distributors (2004).
2. Introduction to Nuclear Engineering by John R. Lamarsh, Pearson Education India (2014).
3. Power Plant Engineering: by F.T. Morse. Van Nostr and Reinhold; 3rd edition (1953).

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Design of Nuclear power plants

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus

PO1 TO PO5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Nuclear materials and safety mechanisms

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

PO1 TO PO5

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 3 3 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 3
CO3 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 3
CO4 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 394 (Open Elective-III)

Course title: Elements of Modal Analysis
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:0, P:0)
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SIXTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course envisions imparting the students to:
1. To understand the basics of the linear algebra relevant to the modal analysis.
2. To familiarize with the modelling of single and multi-degree vibratory systems and understand
their frequency response function.
3. To introduce experimental methods in modal analysis and learn digital signal processing of
measurements.
4. To teach estimation and extraction of modal parameters (natural frequencies, damping and mode
shapes) from measured data.
5. To introduce construction of mathematical models from extracted modal parameters.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 Get familiar with theoretical and practical aspects of modal analysis
Estimate the frequency response function of vibratory system and predict the mode shape
CO2
along with its corresponding frequency.
Evaluate the digital signal and perform post-processing of measurements. Recognize and
CO3
articulately examine the sensor-actuator selection and placement.
Gain the ability to reconstruct mathematical models describing the structure based on modal
CO4
analysis.
CO5 Apply the knowledge of modal analysis in understanding the dynamics of vibrating structures.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour

Module: 1 10
Introduction to modal analysis: Overview of modal analysis, Mathematical
preliminaries: Matrix operations, matrix decomposition, eigenvalue problems,
Laplace transformation, Fourier series, and state space concept.
Module –II 10
Modal analysis of undamped single and multi-degree of freedom system
(SDOF and MDOF): Frequency response function (FRF) of SDOF/MDOF,
normal modes, orthogonality, properties of FRF.
Module – III 8
Modal testing considerations: Actuators and sensors in modal testing,
Actuator/sensor placement considerations, Digital signal processing
considerations: Fourier transformation, concept of aliasing, leakage, windowing,
filtering, and averaging.
Module - IV 8
Modal analysis methods: Peak picking, circle fit and Rational fraction
polynomials methods, Mode indicator functions (MIF), Modal assurance
criterion (MAC).

Module –V 8
Application of Modal analysis: Illustration of modal analysis using software,
system identification, impact testing, controllability and observe ability.

Textbooks
1. Modal analysis: Theory and Practice, D.J. Ewins, Research Studies Press Ltd, England, 2000.
2. Theoretical and experimental modal analysis, N. Maia and J. Silva, Wiley Publications, 1997
3. Theory of Vibration with Applications, W. T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson
Education, 2008.

References books
1. Mechanical Vibration, William J. Palm III, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2016.
2. Modal Analysis, Jimin He and Zhi-Fang Fu, Butterworth-Heinemann Publications, 2001.
3. Vibration: Fundamentals and Practice, Clarence W. de Silva, CRC press New York, 1999.
4. Vibration testing: Theory and Practice, Kenneth G. McConnel, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New
York, 1995.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

Dynamic sub-structuring, Model updating, Advanced curve fitting for modal parameter extractions
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus: PO1 TO PO5

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design

Testing of structures, Software application in vibration analysis

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design: PO1 TO PO5

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment
 Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and
Internets
CD9 Simulation
7th SEMESTER
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 401
Course title: Refrigeration and Air conditioning
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L: 3, T: 0, P: 0
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive and rigorous treatment of refrigeration and air conditioning for
an engineering perspective.
2 To lay the foundation for subsequent studies in conventional and nonconventional
refrigeration system to prepare the students to effectively use it in the practice of
engineering.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of refrigerant and psychrometry to emphasizing it on
refrigeration and air conditioning application and its improvements.
4 To present a wealth of real world engineering examples to give students a feel for how
refrigeration and air conditioning is applied in engineering practice.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

Outline the concepts of refrigeration, air-conditioning and application of air

CO1
refrigeration system in aeroplane.
Outline basic knowledge, electrical system and interpret vapour compression system
CO2 and its application in multi pressure, multi evaporator and cascade system with
different refrigerant.
CO3 Analyse different air conditioning systems and economic application.
Specify, interpret psychometric relations and cooling load for refrigeration and air
CO4
conditioning system.
CO5 Outline the concepts of ice plant, cold storage and food preservative plant.
 SYLLABUS

Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Introduction about Refrigeration- Definition of various terms, Method of refrigeration,
Air refrigeration system, Bell-Coleman cycle, Introduction about Air craft Air-
conditioning, Evaporative cooling system, Boot strap cooling system, Regenerative
cooling system, Reduced ambient system.
Module –II 8
Analysis of vapour compression cycle, Modifications to basic cycle, Multi pressure
system, Multi-evaporator system and Cascade system, properties of refrigeration,
Selection of refrigeration, Discussion of components of VC system, Servicing,
Vacuumizing and charging of refrigerant, Electrical and electronics control of air
conditioning system and its fault detection.
Module – III 8
Vapour Absorption Refrigeration system and its applications, Thermo-electric
Refrigeration system, Steam jet Refrigeration system, magnetic refrigeration, vortex and
pulse tube refrigeration system.
Module - IV 8
Psychrometry- Definition for properties, Introduction to cooling load calculations,
Comfort conditions, Effective temperature concept, properties of moist Air-Gibbs
Dalton law, Specific humidity, Relative humidity, Enthalpy, Psychometric of Air-
conditioning Process, Mixing of air stream.
Module –V 8
Air-conditioning system- Discuss about the central plant with direct evaporator and
chiller applications, ice plant, Refrigerators, Food preservation, IQF technique freeze
drying and Cold storage.

Text book:
1. Arora, C.P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, 3nd ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.

Reference books:
1. Stoecker, W.F. and Jones J.W., “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
1986.
2. Dossat R.D., Principle of Refrigeration, 4th ed., Prentice-Hall, 1997.
3. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, New Age International, 2004.
4. Jones W.P., “Air conditioning engineering.” 5th edition, Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, 2001.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 1 1 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2
CO5 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

CD Course Delivery Methods Course Course Delivery
Code Outcome Method Used
CD1 Lecture by use of Boards/LCD Projectors CO1-5 CD1, CD2 ,
CD5,CD8
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD1, CD2
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini Projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory Experiments/Teaching Aids CO1-5 CD1, CD8
CD6 Industrial/Guest Lectures
CD7 Industrial Visits/In-plant Training
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL Materials and Internets CO1-5
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: MT 204

Course title: Constitution of India
Credits: NC (L: 2, T:0, P: 0)
Class schedule per week: 2
Class: B. Tech.
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students:

1. To describe the importance and role of Constitution of India

2. To resolve the social problems and issues.
3. To maintain and bolster the unity and integrity in the society.
4. To formulate and design policies in accordance with the constitutional
provisions.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Outline the need and importance of the Indian constitution.

CO2 Explain the fundamental rights and duties of the citizens of India.
CO3 Relate appropriate constitutional provisions with relevant social issues
CO4 Describe the role of different departments of government.
Criticize the Government policies and programmes designed for the society at
CO5 large.

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
8
Module I: Introduction to the Constitution of India, Salient Features of the Constitution:
Sources and constitutional history, Features: Citizenship, Preamble, Fundamental Rights
and Duties, Directive Principles of State Policy.

Module II: Union and State Executives: President and Prime Minister, Council of 8
Ministers, Cabinet and Central Secretariat, Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha. Governor: Role
and Position, Chief Ministers and Council of ministers.

Module III: The Indian Judicial System – The Supreme Court and The High Court’s – 8
composition, Jurisdiction and functions, The Role of the Judiciary.

Module IV: Local Government- District’s Administration: Role and Importance, The 8
Panchayatas –Gram Sabha, Constitution and Composition of Panchayatas, Constitution
and Composition of Municipalities

Module V: Miscellaneous- Election Commission: Role and Functioning, Chief Election 8

Commissioner and Election Commissioners. State Election Commission: Role and
Functioning, Institute and Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women.
Suggested Readings

1. The Constitution of India by “Ministry of Law India” Kindle Edition

2. Constitutional History of India by Prof. M.V.PYLEE- S.Chand Publishing
3. Indian Administration by Avasti and Avasti-Lakshmi Narain
Agarwal Educational Publishers. 2017 edition.
4. Introduction to the Constitution of India by D D Basu by Lexis Nexis: 20th edition.
5. Constitution of India V. N. Shukla’s EBC ExplorerEdition13th,2017

Course Delivery methods

1.Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
2.Tutorials/Assignments
3.Seminars
4.Miniprojects/Projects
5.Laboratoryexperiments/teaching aids
6.Industrial/guest lectures
7.Industrialvisits/in-plant training
8.Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
9.Simulation

Course Outcome(CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation

procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool %Contribution during CO

Assessment
Mid Sem Examination Marks 25
End Sem Examination Marks 50
Assignment/Quiz(s) 15

AssessmentCompoents CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Sem Examination Marks √ √
End Sem Examination Marks √ √ √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √

Indirect Assessment–
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
 Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes on to Program Outcomes

Program
Course Program Outcomes(POs) Specific
Outcome Outcome
s(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 2
CO3 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or3 as defined below:
1:Slight(Low) 2: Moderate(Medium) 3: Substantial(High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery(CD)methods

Course
Course DeliveryM
CD Course Delivery methods Outco ethod
me
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP CO1 CD1
projectors
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO2 CD1
CD3 Seminars CO3 CD1,CD2
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO4, CD1,CD2
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO5 CD1,CD3,CD6
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD8 Self-learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
internets
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 404
Course title: Refrigeration and air conditioning lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 L: 0, T: 0, P:3
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To evaluate and analyse the different refrigeration and air conditioning machine.
2 To familiarize the students to perform experiments related to refrigeration machine and
equipment.
3 To study and evaluate performance analysis of refrigeration and air conditioning machine ;
and look prospects of alternative source of input.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

Understand the procedure to conduct experiments of refrigeration and air conditioning

CO1
machines.
Understand various parameters influence the performance of the refrigeration and air
CO2
conditioning machines.
Analyze the observations made through experiments and evaluate the machine
CO3
performance.
Apply the experimental knowledge how to perform the experiments and study
CO4
parameters for further improvements.
Able to find out the different energy sources for refrigeration and air conditioning
CO5
machines.

List of experiments:

1) Comparative study of vapour compression system and vapour absorption system

2) To evaluate the coefficient of performance of vapour absorption system with load and without
load
3) To evaluate the coefficient of performance of vapour absorption system with different heating
system ( gas and electricity ) and comparative energy analysis.
4) To evaluate coefficient of performance of thermoelectric cooler
5) Performance study of cooling using peltier effect by varying flow rate of water in cooling and
heating side.
6) Performance evaluation of vapour compression test rig
7) Performance evaluation of variable load refrigeration test rig
 8) Performance evaluation of variable load refrigeration system by varies flow rate through expansion
valve/capillary
9) Measurement of relative humidity using psychometre.
10) Study of the effect of the flow rate of fan in room humidity
11) Study of electrical and electronics connection of air conditioning system and fault detection.
12) Study of prospect of solar energy in refrigeration and air conditioning industry.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO5 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME406
Course title: Computer Aided Design and Drafting Lab
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 1.5 L: 0, T: 0, P: 3
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:
Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To understand the importance of CAD in solving the various engineering problems.

2 To develop the 2D and 3D models of different component for better understanding and
examination.
3 To analyze the different physical aspects of complex machine parts through modelling and
simulation.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Discuss and familiarization of modelling software AUTOCAD.

CO2 Analyzing and modelling of different complex geometry in auto cad.
CO3 Develop the expertise in modelling using software CREO.
CO4 Analyzing and modelling of different assembly drawing.
Develop the model in ANSYS and simulate different practical problems to reduce the
CO5
error.

List of experiments:
1. Understanding of Auto CAD.
2. Practice of command in auto cad like units, limits, grid, line, pline, donut, polygon, chamfer, fillet,
offset, text, detext.
3. Draw the part drawing in auto cad without dimensioning using different commands.
4. Draw the dimensional complex geometry like stuffing box using commands in auto cad.
5. Understanding of CREO.
6. Draw the 3D drawing using CREO of different components and show its plan, elevation and side
view.
7. Draw the parts and assembly drawing of foot step bearing and steering wheel.
8. Draw the parts and assembly drawing of clutch plate and knuckle joint.
9. Understanding of ANSYS and create the solid models.
10. Determination of deflection and stresses in 2D and 3D trusses.
11. Determination of deflection and stresses in different beams at different conditions.
12. Steady state heat analysis of plane and axi-symmetric components.
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive evaluation 60
End Sem Lab Examination Marks 40
1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
ME400M MINOR PROJECT
Total Credit 3
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 409(Program Elective -VI)
Course title: Industrial Management
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L: 3, T: 0, P: 0
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present the principles associated with basics of industrial management and to apply these
principles in the day to day life.
2 To understand the Human Resource Management and to equip students with the process of
man power planning, recruitment, industrial relations and administration.
3 The course aims at material requirements, resource planning and inventory management.
4 To introduce the basic tools and techniques required in modern financial management.
5 To understand the philosophy of total quality management and ways of its implementation in
the organisation.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Able to solve various basic problems in the field of engineering and management.
Able to know various processes in manpower planning, organizational and welfare
CO2
measures.
Understand the factors influencing decisions related to inventory, purchase, plant
CO3
location, layout and Material Handling Systems
Able to know the estimation and formulations of projects capital investment, projects
CO4
costing, financing and profitability.
Able to know the quality control aspects in planning, systems, management, assurance
CO5
and improvement techniques.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module –I 8
Introduction to Industrial management, Brief history of industries in India, Brief
definition of management, organization and administration, characteristics of
management, functions of management , Principles of management, Nature of
management, levels of management, managerial skills, managerial roles, Forms of
Organization, Forms of ownerships, concept of Globalization.

Module –II 9
Strategic importance of HRM, Objectives of HRM, challenges to HR professionals,
Role, Responsibilities and competencies of HR professionals, HR department
operations, Human Resource Planning - objectives and process, human resource
information system. Talent acquisition, recruitment and selection strategies, career
planning and management, training and development, investment in training program,
executive development.

Module – III 8
Materials Management- Objectives, Inventory – functions, types, associated costs,
inventory classification techniques. Stores Management and Stores Records. Purchase
management, duties of purchase manager, associated forms.

Concepts of production system, Production planning and control, Work and time study,
Plant location, Factors affecting the plant location, comparison of rural and urban sites,
methods for selection of plant. Plant Layout – Objectives, types of production, types of
plant layout – various data analyzing forms-travel chart. Material handling, Job decision
& project management using PERT & CPM, Inspection and Quality control, forecasting
and line balancing.

Module – IV 8
Capital Structure, Fixed & working capital, Role of Securities and Exchange Board of
India (SEBI), function of money market and capital Market, sources of finance.
Introduction to capital budgeting, Techniques of capital budgeting. Break even analysis
- assumptions, importance, Cost-Benefit analysis, CVP graph, Project Management,
Project network analysis, CPM, PERT and Project crashing and resource Leveling.

Module –V 9
Definition of quality, goalpost view of quality, continuous improvement definition of
quality, types of quality – quality of design, conformance and performance, phases of
quality management, Juran’s and Demings view of quality, Quality Management
Assistance Tools: Ishikawa diagram – Pareto Analysis – Pokka Yoke (Mistake
Proofing).Quality circles, TQM, Kaizen, Five S (5S), Six sigma Quality Management
Standards (Introductory aspects only)- The ISO 9001:2000 Quality Management System
Standard- The ISO 14001:2004. Environmental Management System Standard- ISO
27001:2005 Information Security Management System.
Text Books:
1. O. P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpatrai publications.
2. L.C. Jhamb, Savitri Jhamb, Industrial Management – I, Everest Publishing House.
3. Buffa E.S, Modern Production and Operational Management, John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Production, Planning and Inventory Control by S.L. Narasimhan, D.W. McLeavey, P.J. Billington,
Prentice Hall.
2. Production Systems: Planning, Analysis and Control by J.L. Riggs, Wiley.
3. Production, Operations Management by Panneerselvam. R. , Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd.
4. Operation Management by Nigel Slack, Stuart Chambers, Robert Johnston, Pearson Education.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment Tools & Evaluation Procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback .

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects CO-1-5 CD4
CD5 Teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training CO-1-5 CD7
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets CO-1-5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME479 (Program Elective-VI)
Course title: Advanced Heat Transfer
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L: 3, T: 0, P: 0
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:

1 Provide a fundamental understanding of analytic and numerical methods used to solve heat
transfer problems
2 Understand the usage of tables and charts to determine properties for problem solutions
3 To develop the skill to develop models of real processes and systems and draw conclusions
4 Apply scientific and engineering principles to analyze and design thermo fluid aspects of
engineering systems

Course Outcome
After the completion of this course, students will be:

CO1 Apply the concepts to solve complex conduction problems

CO2 Analyze the different fin shapes.

CO3 Compare the correlations for different Convection flow problems.

CO4 Examine the boiling and condensation parameters.

CO5 Analyze the mass transfer equations.

 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 10
Basic concepts and laws of Heat Transfer, Two-Dimensional Steady-State Conduction,
Method of Separation of Variables, Conduction Shape Factor and the Dimensionless
Conduction Heat Rate, Finite-Difference Equations, Transient Conduction: General
Lumped Capacitance Analysis, Plane Wall with Convection, Radial Systems with
Convection, Semi-Infinite Solid, Objects with Constant Surface Temperatures or
Surface Heat Fluxes, Periodic Heating, Finite-Difference Methods
Module –II 6
Extended surfaces (Fins), Fins of Non-uniform Cross-Sectional Area, circumferential
fins. Radiation: Fundamental Concepts, radiation heat transfer by electrical analogy
approach, Shape factor, Triangular enclosure, Applications.
Module – III 8
Convection Boundary Layers, Boundary Layer Equations, Normalized Boundary Layer
Equations, Boundary Layer Analogies, Flat Plate in Parallel Flow, Cylinder in Cross
Flow, Sphere, Flow Across Banks of Tubes, Impinging Jets, Packed Beds, Convection
Correlations: Noncircular Tubes and the Concentric Tube Annulus, Turbulent Flow in
Circular Tubes, Flow in Small Channels, Combined Free and Forced Convection.
Module - IV 8
Boiling and Condensation, Dimensionless Parameters, Boiling Modes, Pool Boiling,
Pool Boiling Correlations, Forced Convection Boiling, Condensation: Physical
Mechanisms, Laminar Film Condensation on a Vertical Plate, Turbulent Film
Condensation, Film Condensation on Radial Systems, Condensation in Horizontal
Tubes, Drop wise Condensation.
Module –V 10
Mass Transfer: Introduction to Diffusion and Convective mass transfer: Significant
parameters in convective mass transfer, application of dimensional analysis to Mass
Transfer, Analogies among mass, heat, and momentum transfer, Convective mass
transfer correlations, Mass transfer between phases, Simultaneous heat and mass
transfer.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer by Incropera, F. P. and De Witt, D. P
2. Heat and Mass Transfer by P.K. Nag
3. Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass transfer by R. C. Suchdeva
4. Heat and Mass Transfer by Yunus A. Cengel.
5. Data Book: Heat and Mass Transfer by C.P. Kothandraman

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Whitaker, S., Fundamental Principles of Heat Transfer, New York, Pergammon, 1997
2. Heat and Mass Transfer by F. Kids
3. Heat and Mass Transfer by J.P. Holman
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 481(Program Elective-VI)
Course title: Theory of Elasticity
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L: 3, T: 0, P: 0
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present the fundamentals of the theory of elasticity.

2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in the fields of stress, strain, and various
mathematical methods.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of various mathematical techniques to solve the
problems.
4 To be able to understand and formulate various problems under different loading conditions.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 To understand the fundamentals of Stresses, Strains, and Energy Equations.

CO2 To develop an intuitive understanding of the theory of elasticity.
To apply the concepts with suitable assumptions on mechanical members using boundary
CO3
conditions.
CO4 To evaluate the stresses, strains in real-world examples related to mechanical engineering
CO5 To analyse the simple mechanical elements.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module - I 8
Fundamentals of stress and strain: Introduction; Body force, surface force and stress
vector; The state of stress at a point; Principal stresses; Mohr’s circle; Stress invariants;
Octahedral stresses; Hydrostatic and deviator stresses; The state of strain at a point;
Cubical dilatation; Principal Strains; Generalised Hooke’s law.
Module – II 8
Derive governing equations of equilibrium; Boundary value problems; Equilibrium
equations in cylindrical coordinates; Compatibility Equations.
Module – III 8
Methods of Solution of Elasticity Problems – Plane Stress-Plane Strain Problems; Polar
coordinates; Axisymmetric problems.
Module - IV Two dimensional problems: Airy’s stress functions in rectangular 8
coordinates; Investigation of Airy’s Stress function for simple beam problems
Module – V Energy methods: Castigliano’s theorem; approximate solution using Ritz 10
method. Applications of energy methods to various problems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. S.P Timoshenko, J.N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, 3rd Ed., McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1970.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. L.S. Srinath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, 3rd Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill Ed. Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes

Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 - - 1 2 - 1 1 - - - 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 - 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 - - 1 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
 Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods
Course Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO-1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO-1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
CD8 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets CO-1-5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME483 (Program Elective-VI)

Course title: Non-Linear Dynamics and Chaos
Credits: 3 (L:3, T:O, P:O)
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Course Objectives
This course enables the students:

A. To introduce the concepts of non-linear dynamics and its applications.

B. To analyze a non-linear system for Bifurcations, limit cycles, and stability.
C. To understand the chaos with Lorenz equations.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1 Understand the geometric way of fixed points and stability.

CO2 Apply the knowledge of non-linear dynamics to find the bifurcations in the system
CO3 Analyze the two-dimensional linear and non-linear systems
CO4 Evaluate the limit cycles of non-linear systems
CO5 Understand chaos using Lorenz equations
 SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module-I
Introduction to non-linear dynamics, One dimensional systems, Geometric Way of
8
Thinking, Fixed Points and Stability, Linear Stability Analysis, Existence and Uniqueness,
Impossibility of Oscillations
Module-II
Bifurcations: Saddle-Node Bifurcation, Transcritical Bifurcation, Pitchfork Bifurcation,
8
Overdamped Bead on a Rotating Hoop, Imperfect Bifurcations and Catastrophes, Uniform
Oscillator, Nonuniform Oscillator, overdamped pendulum.
Module- III
Two-dimensional linear and non-linear systems, phase portraits, phase plane, Fixed Points 8
and Linearization, Conservative Systems, Pendulum
Module- IV
Limit cycles, van der Pol oscillator, Lyapunov Functions, Poincaré-Bendixson Theorem, 8
Liénard Systems, Weakly Nonlinear Oscillators
Module-V
Introduction to Chaos, Lorenz equations, Simple properties of Lorenz equations, Chaos on 8
a strange attractor, Lorenz map

Text books:
1. Strogatz, S. H. (2018). Nonlinear dynamics and chaos: With applications to physics, biology,
chemistry, and engineering. CRC press.
2. Thompson, J. M. T., & Stewart, H. B. (2002). Nonlinear dynamics and chaos. John Wiley & Sons.

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements)

A rigorous mathematical treatment for non-linear vibrations.
POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus
PO1 TO PO5
Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
Numerical computations.
POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design
PO1 TO PO5

Course Delivery methods

Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors
Tutorials/Assignments
Seminars
Mini projects/Projects
Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
Industrial/guest lectures
Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets
Simulation
 Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure
Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √
Quiz (s) √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Course
Program Outcomes (POs) Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids - -
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets - -
CD9 Simulation
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: PE 406 (Program Elective-VI)

Course title: Non-Conventional Machining Processes
Pre-requisite(s): PE 327 Machining Science and Machine Tools/PE 213 Manufacturing Processes
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L:3 T:0 P:0
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to:
1 Learn about the different non-conventional machining processes and theiroperational
characteristics
2 Learn about the basic construction of the different non-conventional machines, andabout
the tools, equipment and consumable required
3 Understand the effects of different process parameters on part quality, and how the
parameters are to be controlled
4 Study different empirical, analytical and theoretical approach for analysis ofmaterial
removal for different processes.
5 Learn about the developments of different hybrid non-conventional machiningtechniques

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will able to:
CO1 Explain the fundamental principles, techniques, equipment, applications,
advantages and limitations of different non-conventional machining processes.
CO2 Find solutions for meeting demand of machining hard-to-machine materials, producing
complex shape and size with greater product accuracy and surface finish

CO3 Analyse the influence of process parameters on part quality

CO4 Explain the developments and operation potential of different hybrid non-
conventional machining techniques
CO5 Select appropriate non-conventional machining technique based on workmaterials used
and the part features to be produced
 SYLLABUS
Module Hours
Module-I Introduction and mechanical processes (AJM, WJM, AWJM, USM)
Need and classifications of non-conventional Machining Processes Fundamental
principles, application possibilities, process parameters, schematic layout of machine and
operational characteristics of Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM), Water Jet Machining
(WJM) and Abrasive Water Jet Machining (AWJM); calculation of material removal rate 8
(MRR) for ductile and brittle materials in AJM;
Fundamental principles, application possibilities, process parameters, schematic layout of
machine and operational characteristics of Ultrasonic Machining (USM); Calculation of
MRR in USM by empirical approach, Cook’s model, Shaw theory.
Module-II Chemical and electrochemical processes (ChM, ECM)
Fundamental principles, application possibilities, process parameters, operational
characteristics and tooling of Chemical Machining (ChM); Chemical Milling,
Photochemical Milling, Electro-polishing;
Fundamental principles, application possibilities, process parameters, schematic layout of 8
machine and operational characteristics of Electrochemical Machining (ECM);
electrolytes; electrochemistry of ECM; kinematics and dynamics of ECM, Effect of heat
and hydrogen bubble generation; design of tool shape, electrolyte flow and insulation,
surface finish and accuracy.

Module III: Thermal processes (EDM, WEDM) [8]

Fundamental principles, application possibilities, process parameters, schematic
layout ofmachine and operational characteristics of Electro Discharge Machining 8
(EDM); mechanicsof EDM; theories of material removal in EDM; types of EDM;
dielectric fluid; electrodematerial; pulse generation; flushing techniques, effects on
material surface, surface finish andaccuracy; dry EDM; Operation principles,
applications, process parameters of Wire Electro Discharge Machining(WEDM)
Module- IV Thermal Processes (LBM, EBM, PAM, IBM)
Fundamental principles, application possibilities, process parameters, schematic layout of
machine and operational characteristics of Laser Beam Machining (LBM); types of lasers
and lasing process; mechanics of LBM; surface finish and accuracy; Fundamental 8
principles, application possibilities, process parameters, schematic layout of machine and
operational characteristics of Electron Beam Machining (EBM), and Plasma Arc
Machining (PAM), Ion Beam Machining (IBM).
Module-V Hybrid Machining Processes
Fundamental principles, applications and operational characteristics of Electrochemical
Grinding, Electro discharge Grinding, Electrochemical Discharge Machining and
Electrochemical Discharge Grinding, Abrasive Electro discharge Machining, EDM with 8
Ultrasonic Assistance, Ultrasonic-Assisted ECM, Laser-Assisted ECM, Laser-Assisted
Oxygen cutting.

Text books:
1. P. C. Pandey and H. S. Shan, Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw-Hill [T1]
2. P. K. Mishra, Non-conventional Machining, Narosa Publishing House [T2]
3. Hassan El-Hofy, Advanced Machining Processes, McGraw-Hill [T3]
 Reference books:
1. Ghosh and A.K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East- West Press [R1]
2. Bhattacharyya, New Technology, The Institution of Engineers (India) [R2]
3. M P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
[R3]

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

Hands-on exposure on non-conventional machining processes

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

POs 1-5, 12

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

Machining and super-finishing in sub-micron level

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

POs 1-5, 12
Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √

CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation

Course Evaluation:
Direct Assessment-

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation % Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 + 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination % Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √ √
Quiz 1 √ √ √
Quiz 2 √ √ √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √
Indirect Assessment –

1. Student Feedback on Faculty

2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome
Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) onto Program Outcomes (POs) and ProgramSpecific
Outcomes (PSOs):

COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes (Cos) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO2 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO3 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO5 CD1, CD2, CD6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: PE 413(Program Elective-VI)
Course title: AI and Data Analytics
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L:3 T:0 P:0
Class schedule per week: 3
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to:
1 Learn about basic tools of AI and the application areas
2 Understand the concept of ML and various tools under it
3 Gain knowledge on fuzzy logic and practical applications
4 Know about data science and its applications in business and decision making
5 Learn and apply data analytics tools like R and Python

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will able to:
CO1 Apply ML tools to various engineering and management problems
CO2 Develop fuzzy systems for inference using Matlab simulation app
CO3 Develop ANN based deep learning models for practical problems
CO4 Implement data pre-processing like cleaning, sorting, reduction, etc.
CO5 Apply various data analytics tools using software or programming

SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I Fundamental of AI 7
AI Concepts, terminology and application areas, Components and tools of
AI, Comparison of features and characteristics of AI systems with biological
systems, Examples of real-life practical application of AI, Societal impact
and Ethical issues
Module –II Machine Learning (ML) 8
ML techniques overview, Decision trees, classification and clustering as ML
tools, Artificial Neural Network (ANN), Supervised, unsupervised and
reinforced learning, Perceptron and back propagation, Deep learning,
Applications and real-life examples
Module – III Fuzzy Logic and Applications 8
Introduction to fuzzy set theory, Fuzzy set properties and operations,
Linguistic variables, Fuzzy rules, Fuzzy quantifiers, Fuzzy logic, Mamdani
and Sugeno Fuzzy Inference Systems (FIS), Matlab© simulations, Examples
of real-life applications of fuzzy systems

Module – IV Introduction to Data Science 7

Introduction, Types of data, Big data, Data Pre-processing, Knowing data,
Data cleaning, Data reduction, Data transformation, Data discretization -
Visualization and Graphing, Application of Python© programming, Numerical
examples

Module –V Data Analytics 10

Data Analytics Process, Qualitative verses Quantitative Analysis, Data
Analysis and Data Mining, Business Analytics, Types of Data Analytics:
Diagnostic Analysis, Predictive Analysis, Prescriptive Analysis, Statistical
Analysis (Descriptive and Inferential), Text Analysis, Examples and
Application of R and Python© programming

Text Book
1. S. Rajasekaran and Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Systems andEvolutionary
Algorithms: Synthesis and Applications, PHI, India (T1)
2. Ajit Kumar Roy and Pradip Kumar Choudhury, Applied Big Data Analytics, ISBN-13
: 978-1512347180 (T2)
3. Russell, Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Third edition, PrenticeHall,
2010 (T3)

Reference Book
1. Bharti Motwani, Data Analytics Using Python, Wiley, India (R1)
2. Garret Grolemund and Hadley Wickham, R for Data Science, ISBN-13: 978-1491910399
(R2)

Gaps in the syllabus (to meet Industry/Profession requirements):

POs met through Gaps in the Syllabus:

Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

POs met through Topics beyond syllabus/Advanced topics/Design:

Course Delivery Methods:

CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP projectors √
CD2 Assignments/Seminars √
CD3 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD4 Industrial/guest lectures
CD5 Industrial visits/in-plant training
CD6 Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and internets √
CD7 Simulation
 Course Evaluation:
Direct Assessment-
Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment
Progressive Evaluation 50
End Semester Examination 50

Progressive Evaluation % Distribution

Mid Semester Examination 25
Quizzes 10 + 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination % Distribution
End Semester Examination 50

Assessment Components CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5

Mid Semester Examination √ √ √
Quiz 1 √ √
Quiz 2 √ √ √
Assignment √ √ √ √ √
End Semester Examination √ √ √ √ √

Indirect Assessment –
1. Student Feedback on Faculty
2. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) onto Program Outcomes (POs)

and ProgramSpecific Outcomes (PSOs):

COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between Course Outcomes (Cos) and Course Delivery Method

Course Outcomes Course Delivery Method

CO1 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO2 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO3 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO4 CD1, CD2, CD6
CO5 CD1, CD2, CD6
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET

Course code: ME 489 (Open Elective-IV)

Course title: Mechatronics and its applications
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L:3, T: 0, P:0
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives
This course enables the students:
1 To present a comprehensive treatment on Mechatronics and Real time interfacing.
2 To lay the groundwork for subsequent studies in the fields of sensors, actuators, and digital
technologies
3 To develop an intuitive understanding of various microcontrollers and automated systems
for system design
4 To be able to understand and tackle various problems of conventional approach to design
and solve case studies with new product development.

Course Outcomes
After the completion of this course, students will be:
1. Understand the importance of mechatronics and its application in real world.
2. To know for the design aspects and automation concepts in new products
3. Analyze different systems and take challenges to design newer digital products
4. Able to model components and products through 3D printing
5. Outline the concepts changes done and what are the needs and advantages of
implementing Mechatronics.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
Module -I 8
Basics of Mechatronics: Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in product
design, Fundamentals of electronics, Gates and K map Minimization, JK Flip Flop,
Microcontrollers

Module –II 8
Digital Inputs and Output Conditioning: Basic Operations in Signal conditioning,
Amplification, Filtering, Digital Inputs and Outputs, A to D and D to A converters,
Voltage Regulators
Module – III 8
Sensors and Actuators: Sensor Design, Fundamental Sensors and Interface
Circuits, Light Sensors, Strains, Temperature, Magnetic Field, Proximity, Position,
Acceleration, Force, Pressure, Actuators, Servo motors, Stepper motors, Hydraulic
actuators, Flow, Pressure and Direction control valves, Pneumatic Actuators

Module - IV 8
Rapid Prototyping: Introduction, Solid Modeling Tools, Electrical system Rapid
Prototyping, 3D RP Techniques, SLA, SLS, FDM, Soft Mold Castings
Module –V 8
Electro pneumatic & electrohydraulic systems using relay logic circuits.:
Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) based control system, programming
languages & instruction set, ladder logic, functional blocks, structured text, and
applications. Human Machine Interface (HMI) & Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition System (SCADA); motion controller, applications of RFID technology
and machine vision.

Text book:

1. Introduction to Mechatronic Design ,Carryer, Ohline, Kenny, Pearson

2. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement System by David G. Alciatore, Michael B.
Histamd, McGraw Hill.
3. Mechatronics by Bolton, Pearson Education

Reference books:
1. Mechatronics System Design by Devdas and Shetty, Pearson Education
2. CNC Technologies By Hmt Ltd MGH

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment

1. Students’ Feedback on Course Outcome.

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 3 3 - - 1 2 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 2 2 - 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 - - 2 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course Course Delivery

CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors/OHP
CD1 projectors CO1-5 CD1
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO1-5 CD2
CD3 Seminars - -
CD4 Mini projects/Projects - -
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids CO 1-5 CD5
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures - -
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training - -
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets CO3, CO5 CD8
 COURSE INFORMATION SHEET
Course code: ME 497(Open Elective-IV)
Course title: Industrial Robotics and Automation
Pre-requisite(s): NIL
Co- requisite(s): NIL
Credits: 3 L:3, T:0, P:0
Class schedule per week: 03
Class: B. Tech
Semester / Level: SEVENTH
Branch: Mechanical Engineering
Name of Teacher:

Course Objectives

This course enables the students:

1 To present a comprehensive and rigorous treatment of different robot types and its
kinematic analysis.
2 To lay the mathematical background which is required to understand the mechanical
design of different industrial robots used in modern industry.
3 To develop an intuitive understanding on various control techniques andspace trajectories
of robotics.
4 To present real world engineering examples to demonstrate how a robot system is applied
in engineering practice and various industry.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

Outline various types of industrial robotic systems and build up forward and inverse
CO1
kinematics analysis of the serial robot.
Outline of various equipment and power drive systems, which are associated to
CO2
operate the robotic and acquire knowledge on workspace of manipulator.
Analyse the velocity and acceleration analysis of serial chain robotic systemand
CO3 introduce the Jacobian matrix. Also, develop schemes to implement various space
trajectories.
CO4 Design various control techniques to control the robot manipulator motion.
Create or analyse standard industrial robot design and understand various robot
CO5
programming languages. Also, evaluate the performance of the Industrial robots.
 SYLLABUS
Module Lectures/hour
MODULE: I Industrial robot anatomy: Robot classification and its application in 8
industry, Robot subsystems, Serial and Parallel robot, Links and Joints, Degrees of
Freedom (DoF), Position and orientation of a rigid body, Co-ordinate
transformation, Homogeneous transformation, Denavit and Hartenberg (DH)
Parameters, Introduction to Forward and Inverse kinematics of serial robot.

MODULE: II Actuators and Sensors: Joint actuating system, transmission, 8

servomotors, power amplifiers, power supplies. Actuators, Electric and hydraulic
drives, Sensors: Position, Velocity, Force, Range, and Vision sensors.
Robot Workspace: Workspace of manipulator, Type of workspaces, Workspace of
a two link serial manipulator.
MODULE: III Velocity analysis: The Jacobian matrix, Link velocities, Jacobian 8
computation, Acceleration analysis, Role of Jacobian in statics, Singularities.
Trajectory planning: Cartesian and Joint space trajectories, Cubic, Quintic
polynomial.

MODULE: IV Controls Theory: Different control techniques, Transfer Function, 8

State space representation, Proportional control, Integral control, Proportional plus
Derivative control, PID control, Properties of dynamic model, effect of friction,
actuator’s rotor inertia, Joint controllers.
MODULE: V Industrial automation applications, Robot cell design and control, 8
Methods of programming: Robot languages, Lead-through programming, Point-to-
point and motion interpolation. Performance analysis of Industrial robots,
Economic, Social and Safety aspects in automated industrial environment.

Text books:
1. S. K. Saha, Introduction To Robotics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 204.
2. M. P. Groover, M. Weiss, R. N. Nagel, N. G. Odery, A. Dutta, Industrial Robotics, McGraw Hill
Education, 2015.
3. John J. Craig, Introduction to robotics mechanics and control, Pearson Education India, 2009.
4. S.B. Niku, Introduction to robotics: analysis, control, applications. John Wiley & Sons 2020.

Reference books:
1. R. K. Mittal, I. J. Nagrath, Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Education, 2016
2. M. W. Spong, M. Vidyasagar, Robot Dynamics and Control, Wiley Student Edition, 2013.

Course Outcome (CO) Attainment Assessment tools & Evaluation procedure

Direct Assessment

Assessment Tool % Contribution during CO Assessment

First Quiz 10
Mid Semester Examination 25
Second Quiz 10
Assignment 5
End Semester Examination 50
Indirect Assessment:

1. Student Feedback on Course Outcome

Mapping between Objectives and Outcomes

Mapping of Course Outcomes onto Program Outcomes
Program
Specific
Course Program Outcomes (POs)
Outcomes
Outcome
(PSOs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CO1 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
Correlation Levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Mapping Between COs and Course Delivery (CD) methods

Course
Course Delivery
CD Course Delivery methods Outcome Method
CD1 Lecture by use of boards/LCD projectors CO 1 – 5
CD2 Tutorials/Assignments CO 1 – 5
CD3 Seminars
CD4 Mini projects/Projects
CD5 Laboratory experiments/teaching aids
CD6 Industrial/guest lectures
CD7 Industrial visits/in-plant training
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials and
CD8 internets
 8th SEMESTER

ME400 -RESEARCH PROJECT/INDUSTRIAL INTERNSHIP

Total Credit-10